summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes3
-rw-r--r--25412-h.zipbin0 -> 68456 bytes
-rw-r--r--25412-h/25412-h.htm3588
-rw-r--r--25412.txt3091
-rw-r--r--25412.zipbin0 -> 64536 bytes
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
7 files changed, 6695 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/25412-h.zip b/25412-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5cd985
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25412-h.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/25412-h/25412-h.htm b/25412-h/25412-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04f53fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25412-h/25412-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,3588 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html
+ PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=US-ASCII" />
+<title>Addresses on the Revised Version of Holy Scripture</title>
+ <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */
+<!--
+ P { margin-top: .75em;
+ margin-bottom: .75em;
+ }
+ P.headingsummary { margin-left: 5%;}
+ H1, H2 {
+ text-align: center;
+ margin-top: 2em;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+ }
+ H3, H4, H5 {
+ text-align: left;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ }
+ BODY{margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+ }
+ table { border-collapse: collapse; }
+table {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;}
+ td { vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid black;}
+ td p { margin: 0.2em; }
+ .blkquot {margin-left: 4em; margin-right: 4em;} /* block indent */
+
+ .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+ .pagenum {position: absolute;
+ left: 92%;
+ font-size: smaller;
+ text-align: right;
+ color: gray;}
+
+ .citation {vertical-align: super;
+ font-size: .8em;
+ text-decoration: none;}
+ // -->
+ /* XML end ]]>*/
+ </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h2>
+<a href="#startoftext">Addresses on the Revised Version of Holy Scripture, by C. J. Ellicott</a>
+</h2>
+<pre>
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, Addresses on the Revised Version of Holy
+Scripture, by C. J. Ellicott
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: Addresses on the Revised Version of Holy Scripture
+
+
+Author: C. J. Ellicott
+
+
+
+Release Date: May 9, 2008 [eBook #25412]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII)
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ADDRESSES ON THE REVISED VERSION
+OF HOLY SCRIPTURE***
+</pre>
+<p><a name="startoftext"></a></p>
+<p>Transcribed from the 1901 Society for Promoting Christian
+Knowledge edition by David Price, email ccx074@pglaf.org</p>
+<h1>Addresses on the Revised<br />
+Version of Holy<br />
+Scripture.</h1>
+<p style="text-align: center"><span class="smcap">by</span><br />
+C. J. ELLICOTT, D.D.,</p>
+<p style="text-align: center"><span class="smcap">bishop of
+gloucester</span>,<br />
+<span class="smcap">and hon. fellow of st. john&rsquo;s
+college</span>, <span class="smcap">cambridge</span>.</p>
+<p style="text-align: center"><span class="smcap">published under
+the direction of the tract committee</span>.</p>
+<p style="text-align: center">LONDON:<br />
+SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING CHRISTIAN KNOWLEDGE,<br />
+<span class="smcap">northumberland avenue</span>,<span
+class="smcap"> w.c.</span>;<span class="smcap"> 43 queen victoria
+street</span>,<span class="smcap"> e.c.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Brighton</span>: 129 <span
+class="smcap">North Street</span>.<br />
+<span class="smcap">New York</span>: E. &amp; J. B. YOUNG &amp;
+CO.<br />
+1901.</p>
+<h2><!-- page 3--><a name="page3"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+3</span>PREFATORY NOTE.</h2>
+<p>The following Addresses form the Charge to the Archdeaconry of
+Cirencester at the Visitation held at the close of October in the
+present year.&nbsp; The object of the Charge, as the opening
+words and the tenor of the whole will abundantly indicate, is
+seriously to suggest the question, whether the time has not now
+arrived for the more general use of the Revised Version at the
+lectern in the public service of the Church.</p>
+<p style="text-align: right">C. J. <span
+class="smcap">Gloucester</span>.</p>
+<p><i>October</i>, 1901.</p>
+<h2><!-- page 4--><a name="page4"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+4</span>CONTENTS.</h2>
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td><p style="text-align: right">&nbsp;</p>
+</td>
+<td><p>&nbsp;</p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span
+class="smcap">page</span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span
+class="smcap">Address</span> I.</p>
+</td>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">Early History of Revision</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page5">5</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p style="text-align: right">,, II.</p>
+</td>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">Later History of Revision</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page17">17</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p style="text-align: right">&bdquo; III.</p>
+</td>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">Hebrew and Greek Text</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page48">48</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p style="text-align: right">,, IV.</p>
+</td>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">Nature of the Renderings</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page81">81</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p style="text-align: right">&bdquo; V.</p>
+</td>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">Public Use of the Version</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page117">117</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<h2><!-- page 5--><a name="page5"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+5</span>ADDRESS I.<br />
+<span class="smcap">Early History of Revision</span>.</h2>
+<p>As there now seem to be sufficient grounds for thinking that
+ere long the Revised Version of Holy Scripture will obtain a
+wider circulation and more general use than has hitherto been
+accorded to it, it seems desirable that the whole subject of the
+Revised Version, and its use in the public services of the
+Church, should at last be brought formally before the clergy and
+laity, not only of this province, but of the whole English
+Church.</p>
+<p>Twenty years have passed away since the appearance of the
+Revised Version of the New Testament, and the presentation of it
+by the writer of these pages to the Convocation of Canterbury on
+May 17, 1881.&nbsp; Just four more years afterwards, viz. on
+April 30, 1885, the Revised Version of the Old Testament <!--
+page 6--><a name="page6"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 6</span>was
+laid before the same venerable body by the then Bishop of
+Winchester (Bp. Harold Browne), and, similarly to the Revised
+Version of the New Testament, was published simultaneously in
+this country and America.&nbsp; It was followed, after a somewhat
+long interval, by the Revised Version of the Apocrypha, which was
+laid before Convocation by the writer of these pages on February
+12, 1896.</p>
+<p>The revision of the Authorised Version has thus been in the
+hands of the English-speaking reader sixteen years, in the case
+of the Canonical Scriptures, and five years in the case of the
+Apocrypha&mdash;periods of time that can hardly be considered
+insufficient for deciding generally, whether, and to what extent,
+the Revised Version should be used in the public services of the
+Church.</p>
+<p>I have thus thought it well, especially after the unanimous
+resolution of the Upper House of the Convocation of Canterbury,
+three years ago <a name="citation6"></a><a href="#footnote6"
+class="citation">[6]</a>, and the very recent resolution of the
+House of Laymen, to place before you the question <!-- page
+7--><a name="page7"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 7</span>of the
+use of the Revised Version in the public services of the Church,
+as the ultimate subject of this charge.&nbsp; I repeat, as the
+ultimate subject, for no sound opinion on the public use of this
+version can possibly be formed unless some general knowledge be
+acquired, not only of the circumstances which paved the way for
+the revision of the time-honoured version of 1611, but also of
+the manner in which the revision was finally carried out.&nbsp;
+We cannot properly deal with a question so momentous as that of
+introducing a revised version of God&rsquo;s Holy Word into the
+services of the Church, without knowing, at least in outline, the
+whole history of the version which we are proposing to
+introduce.&nbsp; This history then I must now place before you
+from its very commencement, so far as memory and a nearly
+life-long connexion with the subject enable me to speak.</p>
+<p>The true, though remote fountain-head of revision, and, more
+particularly, of the revision <!-- page 8--><a
+name="page8"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 8</span>of the New
+Testament, must be regarded as the grammar written by a young
+academic teacher, George Benedict Winer, as far back as 1822,
+bearing the title of a Grammar of the Language of the New
+Testament.&nbsp; It was a vigorous protest against the arbitrary,
+and indeed monstrous licence of interpretation which prevailed in
+commentaries on Holy Scripture of the eighteenth and nineteenth
+centuries.&nbsp; It met with at first the fate of all assaults on
+prevailing unscientific procedures, but its value and its truth
+were soon recognized.&nbsp; The volume passed through several
+successively improved editions, until in 1855 the sixth edition
+was reached, and issued with a new and interesting preface by the
+then distinguished and veteran writer.&nbsp; This edition formed
+the basis of the admirable and admirably supplemented translation
+of my lamented and highly esteemed friend Dr. Moulton, which was
+published in 1870, passed through a second edition six years
+afterwards, and has, since that time, continued to be a standard
+grammar, in an English dress, of the Greek Testament down to this
+day.</p>
+<p>The claim that I have put forward for this remarkable book as
+the fountain-head of <!-- page 9--><a name="page9"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 9</span>revision can easily be justified when
+we call to memory how very patently the volume, in one or another
+of its earlier editions, formed the grammatical basis of the
+commentaries of De Wette and Meyer, and, here in England, of the
+commentary of Alford, and of critical and grammatical
+commentaries on some of St. Paul&rsquo;s Epistles with which my
+own name was connected.&nbsp; It was to Winer that we were all
+indebted for that greater accuracy of interpretation of the Greek
+Testament which was recognized and welcomed by readers of the New
+Testament at the time I mention, and produced effects which had a
+considerable share in the gradual bringing about of important
+movements that almost naturally followed.</p>
+<p>What came home to a large and increasing number of earnest and
+truth-seeking readers of the New Testament was this&mdash;that
+there were inaccuracies and errors in the current version of the
+Holy Scriptures, and especially of the New Testament, which
+plainly called for consideration and correction, and further
+brought home to very many of us that this could never be brought
+about except by an authoritative revision.</p>
+<p>This general impression spread somewhat <!-- page 10--><a
+name="page10"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 10</span>rapidly; and
+soon after the middle of the last century it began to take
+definite shape.&nbsp; The subject of the revision of the
+Authorised Version of the New Testament found a place in the
+religious and other periodicals of the day <a
+name="citation10a"></a><a href="#footnote10a"
+class="citation">[10a]</a>, and as the time went on was the
+subject of numerous pamphlets, and was alluded to even in
+Convocation <a name="citation10b"></a><a href="#footnote10b"
+class="citation">[10b]</a> and Parliament <a
+name="citation10c"></a><a href="#footnote10c"
+class="citation">[10c]</a>.&nbsp; As yet however there had been
+no indication of the sort of revision that was desired by its
+numerous advocates, and fears were not unnaturally <!-- page
+11--><a name="page11"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+11</span>entertained as to the form that a revision might
+ultimately take.&nbsp; It was feared by many that any
+authoritative revision might seriously impair the acceptance and
+influence of the existing and deeply reverenced version of Holy
+Scripture, and, to use language which expressed apprehensions
+that were prevailing at the time, might seriously endanger the
+cause of sound religion in our Church and in our nation.</p>
+<p>There was thus a real danger, unless some forward step was
+quickly and prudently taken, that the excitement might gradually
+evaporate, and the movement for revision might die out, as has
+often been the case in regard of the Prayer Book, into the old
+and wonted acquiescence of the past.</p>
+<p>It was just at this critical time that an honoured and
+influential churchman, who was then the popular and successful
+secretary of the Society for the Propagation of the Gospel, Rev.
+Ernest Hawkins, afterwards Canon of Westminster, came forward and
+persuaded a few of us, who had the happiness of being his
+friends, to combine and publish a version of one of the books of
+the New Testament which might practically demonstrate to friends
+and to opponents what sort of a revision <!-- page 12--><a
+name="page12"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 12</span>seemed
+desirable under existing circumstances.&nbsp; After it had been
+completed we described it &ldquo;as a <i>tentamen</i>, a careful
+endeavour, claiming no finality, inviting, rather than desiring
+to exclude, other attempts of the same kind, calling the
+attention of the Church to the many and anxious questions
+involved in rendering the Holy Scriptures into the vernacular
+language, and offering some help towards the settlement of those
+questions <a name="citation12"></a><a href="#footnote12"
+class="citation">[12]</a>.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>The portion of Scripture selected was the Gospel according to
+St. John.&nbsp; Those who undertook the revision were five in
+number:&mdash;Dr. Barrow, the then Principal of St.
+Edmund&rsquo;s Hall, Oxford; Dr. Moberly, afterwards Bishop of
+Salisbury; Rev. Henry Alford, afterwards Dean of Canterbury; Rev.
+W. G. Humphry, Vicar of St. Martin&rsquo;s in the Fields; and
+lastly, the writer of this charge.&nbsp; Mr. Ernest Hawkins, busy
+as he was, acted to a great extent as our secretary,
+superintended arrangements, <!-- page 13--><a
+name="page13"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 13</span>and
+encouraged and assisted us in every possible manner.&nbsp; Our
+place of meeting was the library of our hospitable colleague Mr.
+Humphry.&nbsp; We worked in the greatest possible harmony, and
+happily and hopefully concluded our Revision of the Authorised
+Version of the Gospel of St. John in the month of March,
+1857.</p>
+<p>Our labours were introduced by a wise and attractive preface,
+written mainly by Dr. Moberly, in the lucid, reverent, and
+dignified language that marked everything that came from the pen
+of the late Bishop of Salisbury.</p>
+<p>The effect produced by this <i>tentamen</i> was indisputably
+great.&nbsp; The work itself was of course widely criticized, but
+for the most part favourably <a name="citation13"></a><a
+href="#footnote13" class="citation">[13]</a>.&nbsp; The
+principles laid down in the preface were generally considered
+reasonable, and the possibilities of an authoritative revision
+distinctly increased.&nbsp; The work in fact became a kind of
+object lesson.</p>
+<p>It showed plainly that there <i>were</i> errors in the
+Authorised Version that needed correction.&nbsp; It further
+showed that their removal and the introduction of improvements in
+regard of accuracy did not involve, either in quantity <!-- page
+14--><a name="page14"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 14</span>or
+quality, the changes that were generally apprehended.&nbsp; And
+lastly, it showed in its results that <i>scholars</i> of
+different habits of thought could combine in the execution of
+such a work without friction or difficulty.</p>
+<p>In regard of the Greek text but little change was
+introduced.&nbsp; The basis of our translation was the third
+edition of Stephens, from which we only departed when the amount
+of external evidence in favour of a different reading was plainly
+overwhelming.&nbsp; As we ourselves state in the preface,
+&ldquo;our object was to revise a version, not to frame a
+text.&rdquo;&nbsp; We should have obscured this one purpose if we
+had entered into textual criticism.</p>
+<p>Such was the tentative version which prepared the way for
+authoritative revision.</p>
+<p>More need not be said on this early effort.&nbsp; The version
+of the Gospel of St. John passed through three editions.&nbsp;
+The Epistles to the Romans and Corinthians appeared in 1858, and
+the first three of the remaining Epistles (Galatians, Ephesians,
+and Philippians) in 1861.&nbsp; The third edition of the Revision
+of the Authorised Version of St. John was issued in 1863, with a
+preface in which the general estimate of the revision was
+discussed, and the probability indicated of some authoritative
+<!-- page 15--><a name="page15"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+15</span>procedure in reference to the whole question.&nbsp; As
+our little band had now been reduced to four, and its general aim
+and object had been realized, we did not deem it necessary to
+proceed with a work which had certainly helped to remove most of
+the serious objections to authoritative revision.&nbsp; Our
+efforts were helped by many treatises on the subject which were
+then appearing from time to time, and, to a considerable extent,
+by the important work of Professor, afterwards Archbishop,
+Trench, entitled &ldquo;On the Authorised Version of the New
+Testament in connexion with some recent proposals for its
+revision.&rdquo;&nbsp; This appeared in 1858.&nbsp; After the
+close of our tentative revision in 1863, the active friends (as
+they may be termed) of the movement did but little except, from
+time to time, confer with one another on the now yearly improving
+prospects of authoritative revision.&nbsp; In 1869 Dean Alford
+published a small handy revised version of the whole of the Greek
+Testament, and, a short time afterwards, I published a small
+volume on the &ldquo;Revision of the English Version,&rdquo; in
+which I sought to show how large an amount of the fresh and
+vigorous translation of Tyndale was present in the Authorised
+Version, and how little of this <!-- page 16--><a
+name="page16"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 16</span>would ever be
+likely to disappear in any authoritatively revised version of the
+future.&nbsp; Some estimate also was made of the amount of
+changes likely to be introduced in a sample portion of the
+Gospels.&nbsp; A few months later, a very valuable volume
+(&ldquo;On a Fresh Revision of the New Testament&rdquo;) was
+published by Professor, afterwards Bishop, Lightfoot, which
+appeared most seasonably, just as the long-looked-for hope of a
+revision of the Authorised Version of God&rsquo;s Holy Word was
+about to be realized.</p>
+<p>All now was ready for a definite and authoritative
+commencement.&nbsp; Of this, and of the later history of
+Revision, a brief account will be given in the succeeding
+Address.</p>
+<h2><!-- page 17--><a name="page17"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+17</span>ADDRESS II.<br />
+<span class="smcap">Later History of Revision</span>.</h2>
+<p>We are now arrived at the time when what was simple tentative
+and preparatory passed into definite and authoritative
+realization.</p>
+<p>The initial step was taken on February 10, 1870, in the Upper
+House of the Convocation of Canterbury.&nbsp; The Bishop of
+Oxford, seconded by the Bishop of Gloucester, proposed the
+subjoined resolution, which it may be desirable to give in the
+exact words in which it was presented to the House, as indicating
+the caution with which it was framed, and also the indirectly
+expressed hope (unfortunately not realized) of the concurrence of
+the Northern Convocation.&nbsp; The resolution was as
+follows:</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;That a committee of both Houses be
+appointed, with power to confer with any committee that may be
+appointed by the Convocation of the Northern Province, to report
+upon the desirableness of a revision of the Authorised Version of
+the New Testament, <!-- page 18--><a name="page18"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 18</span>whether by marginal notes or
+otherwise, in those passages where plain and clear errors,
+whether in the Hebrew or Greek text originally adopted by the
+translators, or in the translations made from the same, shall on
+due investigation be found to exist.&rdquo;</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>In the course of the debate that followed the resolution was
+amended by the insertion of the words &ldquo;Old and,&rdquo; so
+as to include both Testaments, and, so amended, was unanimously
+accepted by the Upper House, and at once sent down to the Lower
+House.&nbsp; After debate it was accepted by them, and, having
+been thus accepted by both Houses, formed the basis of all the
+arrangements, rules, and regulations which speedily followed.</p>
+<p>Into all of these it is not necessary for me to enter except
+so far as plainly to demonstrate that the Convocation of
+Canterbury, on thus undertaking one of the greatest works ever
+attempted by Convocation during its long and eventful history,
+followed every course, adopted every expedient, and carefully
+took every precaution to bring the great work it was preparing to
+undertake to a worthy and a successful issue.</p>
+<p>It may be well, then, here briefly to notice, <!-- page
+19--><a name="page19"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 19</span>that
+in accordance with the primary resolution which I have specified,
+a committee was appointed of eight members of the Upper House,
+and, in accordance with the regular rule, sixteen members of the
+Lower House, with power, as specified, to confer with the
+Convocation of York.&nbsp; The members of the Upper House were as
+follows: the Bishops of Winchester (Wilberforce), St. Davids
+(Thirlwall), Llandaff (Ollivant), Salisbury (Moberly), Ely
+(Harold Browne, afterwards of Winchester), Lincoln (Wordsworth;
+who soon after withdrew), Bath and Wells (Lord Arthur Hervey),
+and myself.</p>
+<p>The members of the Lower House were the Prolocutor (Dr.
+Bickersteth, Dean of Lichfield), the Deans of Canterbury
+(Alford), Westminster (Stanley), and Lincoln (Jeremie); the
+Archdeacons of Bedford (Rose), Exeter (Freeman), and Rochester
+(Grant); Chancellor Massingberd; Canons Blakesley, How, Selwyn,
+Swainson, Woodgate; Dr. Jebb, Dr. Kay, and Mr. De Winton.</p>
+<p>Before, however, this committee reported, at the next meeting
+of Convocation in May, and on May 3 and May 5, the following five
+resolutions, which have the whole authority of Convocation behind
+them, were accepted <!-- page 20--><a name="page20"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 20</span>unanimously by the Upper House, and
+by large majorities in the Lower House:</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;1.&nbsp; That it is desirable that a
+revision of the Authorised Version of the Holy Scriptures be
+undertaken.</p>
+<p>2.&nbsp; That the revision be so conducted as to comprise both
+marginal renderings and such emendations as it may be found
+necessary to insert in the text of the Authorised Version.</p>
+<p>3.&nbsp; That in the above resolutions we do not contemplate
+any new translation of the Bible, nor any alteration of the
+language, except where, in the judgement of the most competent
+scholars, such change is necessary.</p>
+<p>4.&nbsp; That in such necessary changes, the style of the
+language employed in the existing version be closely
+followed.</p>
+<p>5.&nbsp; That it is desirable that Convocation should nominate
+a body of its own members to undertake the work of revision, who
+shall be at liberty to invite the co-operation of any eminent for
+scholarship, to whatever nation or religious body they may
+belong.&rdquo;</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>These are the fundamental rules of Convocation, as formally
+expressed by the Upper and Lower Houses of this venerable
+body.&nbsp; The second and third rules deserve our especial
+attention in reference to the amount of the emendations and
+alterations which <!-- page 21--><a name="page21"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 21</span>have been introduced during the work
+of revision.&nbsp; This amount, it is now constantly said, is not
+only excessive, but in distinct contravention of the rules which
+were laid down by Convocation.&nbsp; A responsible and deeply
+respected writer, the late Bishop of Wakefield, only a few years
+ago plainly stated in a well-known periodical <a
+name="citation21"></a><a href="#footnote21"
+class="citation">[21]</a> that the revisers &ldquo;largely
+exceeded their instructions, and did not adhere to the principles
+they were commissioned to follow.&rdquo;&nbsp; This is a very
+grave charge, but can it be substantiated?&nbsp; The second and
+third rules, taken together, refer change to consciously felt
+necessity on the part of &ldquo;the most competent
+scholars,&rdquo; and these last-mentioned must surely be
+understood to be those who were deliberately chosen for the
+work.&nbsp; In the subsequently adopted rule of the committee of
+Convocation the criterion of this consciously felt necessity was
+to be faithfulness to the original.&nbsp; All then that can
+justly be said in reference to the Revisers is this,&mdash;not
+that they exceeded their instructions (a very serious charge),
+but that their estimate of what constituted <!-- page 22--><a
+name="page22"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 22</span>faithfulness,
+and involved the necessity of change, was, from time to time, in
+the judgement of their critic, mistaken or exaggerated.&nbsp;
+Such language however as that used in reference to the changes
+made by the Revisers as &ldquo;unnecessary and uninstructive
+alterations,&rdquo; and &ldquo;irritating trivialities,&rdquo;
+was a somewhat harsh form of expressing the judgement arrived
+at.</p>
+<p>But to proceed.&nbsp; On the presentation of the Report it was
+stated that the committee had not been able to confer with the
+Northern Convocation, as no committee had been appointed by
+them.&nbsp; It was commonly supposed that the Northern President
+(Abp. of York) was favourable to revision, but the two Houses,
+who at that time sat together, had taken a very different view <a
+name="citation22"></a><a href="#footnote22"
+class="citation">[22]</a>, as our President informed us that he
+had received a communication from the Convocation of York to the
+effect that&mdash;&ldquo;The Authorised Version of the English
+Bible is accepted, not only by the <!-- page 23--><a
+name="page23"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 23</span>Established
+Church, but also by the Dissenters and by the whole of the
+English-speaking people of the world, as their standard of faith;
+and that although blemishes existed in its text such as had, from
+time to time, been pointed out, yet they would deplore any
+recasting of its text.&nbsp; That Convocation accordingly did not
+think it necessary to appoint a committee to co-operate with the
+committee appointed by the Convocation of Canterbury, though
+favourable to the errors being rectified.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>This obviously closed the question of co-operation with the
+Northern Convocation.&nbsp; We sincerely regretted the decision,
+as there were many able and learned men in the York Convocation
+whose co-operation we should have heartily welcomed.&nbsp; Delay,
+however, was now out of the question.&nbsp; The working out of
+the scheme therefore had now become the duty of the Convocation
+that had adopted, and in part formulated, the proposed
+revision.</p>
+<p>The course of our proceedings was then as follows:</p>
+<p>After the Report of the committee had been accepted by the
+Upper House, and communicated to the Lower House, the following
+resolution was unanimously adopted by the <!-- page 24--><a
+name="page24"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 24</span>Upper House
+(May 3, 1870), and in due course sent down to the Lower
+House:</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;That a committee be now appointed to
+consider and report to Convocation a scheme of revision on the
+principles laid down in the Report now adopted.&nbsp; That the
+Bishops of Winchester, St. Davids, Llandaff, Gloucester and
+Bristol, Ely, Salisbury, Lincoln, Bath and Wells, be members of
+the committee.&nbsp; That the committee be empowered to invite
+the co-operation of those whom they may judge fit from their
+biblical scholarship to aid them in their work.&rdquo;</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>This resolution was followed by a request from the Archbishop
+that as this was a committee of an exceptional character, being
+in fact an executive committee, the Lower House would not
+appoint, as in ordinary committees, twice the number of the
+members appointed by the Upper House, but simply an equal
+number.&nbsp; This request, though obviously a very reasonable
+request under the particular circumstances, was not acceded to
+without some debate and even remonstrance.&nbsp; This, however,
+was overcome and quieted by the conciliatory good sense and
+firmness of the Prolocutor; and, on the following day, the
+resolution was accepted by the Lower House, and the Prolocutor
+(Bickersteth) with <!-- page 25--><a name="page25"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 25</span>the Deans of Canterbury (Alford) and
+Westminster (Stanley), the Archdeacon of Bedford (Rose), Canons
+Blakesley and Selwyn, Dr. Jebb and Dr. Kay, were appointed as
+members of what now may be called the Permanent Committee.</p>
+<p>This Committee had to undertake the responsible duty of
+choosing experts, and, out of them and their own members, forming
+two Companies, the one for the revision of the Authorised Version
+of the Old Testament, the other for the revision of the
+Authorised Version of the New Testament.&nbsp; Rules had to be
+drawn up, and a general scheme formed for the carrying out in
+detail of the whole of the proposed work.&nbsp; In this work it
+may be supposed that considerable difficulty would have been
+found in the choice of biblical scholars in addition to those
+already appointed by Convocation.&nbsp; This, however, did not
+prove to be the case.&nbsp; I was at that time acting as a kind
+of informal secretary, and by the friendly help of Dr. Moulton
+and Dr. Gotch of Bristol had secured the names of distinguished
+biblical scholars from the leading Christian bodies in England
+and in Scotland from whom choice would naturally have to be
+made.&nbsp; When we met together <!-- page 26--><a
+name="page26"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 26</span>finally to
+choose, there was thus no lack of suitable names.</p>
+<p>In regard of the many rules that had to be made for the
+orderly carrying out of the work I prepared, after careful
+conference with the Bishop of Winchester, a draft scheme which,
+so far as I remember, was in the sequel substantially adopted by
+what I have termed the Permanent Committee of Convocation.&nbsp;
+When, then, this Committee formally met on May 25, 1870, the
+names of those to whom we were empowered to apply were agreed
+upon, and invitations at once sent out.&nbsp; The members of the
+Committee had already been assigned to their special companies;
+viz. to the Old Testament Company, the Bishops of St. Davids,
+Llandaff, Ely, Lincoln (who soon after resigned), and Bath and
+Wells; and from the Lower House, Archdeacon Rose, Canon Selwyn,
+Dr. Jebb, and Dr. Kay: to the New Testament Company, the Bishops
+of Winchester, Gloucester and Bristol, and Salisbury; and from
+the Lower House, the Prolocutor, the Deans of Canterbury and
+Westminster, and Canon Blakesley.</p>
+<p>Those invited to join the Old Testament were as
+follows:&mdash;Dr. W. L. Alexander, Professor Chenery, Canon
+Cook, Professor A. B. Davidson, Dr. B. Davies, Professor
+Fairbairn, <!-- page 27--><a name="page27"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 27</span>Rev. F. Field, Dr. Gensburg, Dr.
+Gotch, Archdeacon Harrison, Professor Leathes, Professor McGill,
+Canon Payne Smith, Professor J. J. S. Perowne, Professor
+Plumptre, Canon Pusey, Dr. Wright (British Museum), Mr. W. A.
+Wright of Cambridge, the active and valuable secretary of the
+Company.</p>
+<p>Of these Dr. Pusey and Canon Cook declined the invitation.</p>
+<p>Those invited to join the New Testament Company were as
+follows:&mdash;Dr. Angus, Dr. David Brown, the Archbishop of
+Dublin (Trench), Dr. Eadie, Rev. F. J. A. Hort, Rev. W. G.
+Humphry, Canon Kennedy, Archdeacon Lee, Dr. Lightfoot, Professor
+Milligan, Professor Moulton, Dr. J. H. Newman, Professor Newth,
+Dr. A. Roberts, Rev. G. Vance Smith, Dr. Scott (Balliol College),
+Rev. F. H. Scrivener, the Bishop of St. Andrews (Wordsworth), Dr.
+Tregelles, Dr. Vaughan, Canon Westcott.</p>
+<p>Of these Dr. J. H. Newman declined, and Dr. Tregelles, from
+feeble health and preoccupation on his great work, the critical
+edition of the New Testament, was unable to attend.&nbsp; It
+should be here mentioned that soon after the formation of the
+company, Rev. John Troutbeck, Minor Canon of Westminster,
+afterwards Doctor of Divinity, was appointed <!-- page 28--><a
+name="page28"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 28</span>by the
+Company as their secretary.&nbsp; A more accurate, punctual, and
+indefatigable secretary it would have been impossible for us to
+have selected for the great and responsible work.</p>
+<p>On the same day (May 25, 1870,) the rules for the carrying out
+of the revision, which, as I have mentioned, had been drawn up in
+draft were all duly considered by the committee and carried, and
+the way left clear and open for the commencement of the
+work.&nbsp; These rules (copies of which will be found in nearly
+all the prefaces to the Revised Version hitherto issued by the
+Universities) were only the necessary amplifications of the
+fundamental rules passed by the two Houses of Convocation which
+have been already specified.</p>
+<p>The first of these subsidiary rules was as
+follows:&mdash;&ldquo;To introduce as few alterations as possible
+in the text of the Authorised Version consistently with
+faithfulness.&rdquo;&nbsp; This rule must be read in connexion
+with the first and third fundamental rules and the comments I
+have already made on those rules.</p>
+<p>The second of the rules of the committee was as
+follows:&mdash;&ldquo;To limit, as far as possible, the
+expression of such alterations to the language of the Authorised
+and earlier English versions.&rdquo;&nbsp; This rule was
+carefully attended to <!-- page 29--><a name="page29"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 29</span>in its reference to the Authorised
+Version.&nbsp; I do not however remember, in the revision of the
+version of the New Testament, that we often fell back on the
+renderings of the earlier English versions.&nbsp; They were
+always before us: but, in reference to other versions where there
+were differences of rendering, we frequently considered the
+renderings of the ancient versions, especially of the Vulgate,
+Syriac, and Coptic, and occasionally of the Gothic and
+Armenian.&nbsp; To these, however, the rule makes no
+allusion.</p>
+<p>The third rule speaks for itself:&mdash;&ldquo;Each Company to
+go twice over the portion to be revised, once provisionally, the
+second time finally, and on principles of voting as hereinafter
+is provided.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>The fourth rule refers to the very important subject of the
+text, and is an amplification of the last part of the third
+fundamental rule.&nbsp; The rule of the committee is as
+follows:&mdash;&ldquo;That the text to be adopted be that for
+which the evidence is decidedly preponderating; and that when the
+text so adopted differs from that from which the Authorised
+Version was made, the alteration be indicated in the
+margin.&rdquo;&nbsp; The subject of the text is continued in the
+fifth rule, which is as follows:&mdash;&ldquo;To make or retain
+no change in the text on the second final revision <!-- page
+30--><a name="page30"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 30</span>by
+the Company except <i>two-thirds</i> of those present approve of
+the same, but on the first revision to decide by simple
+majorities.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>The sixth rule is of importance, but in the New Testament
+Company (I do not know how it may have been in the Old Testament
+Company) was very rarely acted upon:&mdash;&ldquo;In every case
+of proposed alteration that may have given rise to discussion, to
+defer the voting thereupon till the next meeting, whensoever the
+same shall be required by one-third of those present at the
+meeting, such intended vote to be announced in the notice for the
+next meeting.&rdquo;&nbsp; The only occasion on which I can
+remember this rule being called into action was a comparatively
+unimportant one.&nbsp; At the close of a long day&rsquo;s work we
+found ourselves differing on the renderings of &ldquo;tomb&rdquo;
+or &ldquo;sepulchre&rdquo; in one of the narratives of the
+Resurrection.&nbsp; This was easily and speedily settled the
+following morning.</p>
+<p>The seventh rule was as follows:&mdash;&ldquo;To revise the
+headings of chapters and pages, paragraphs, italics, and
+punctuation.&rdquo;&nbsp; This rule was very carefully attended
+to except as regards headings of chapters and pages.&nbsp; These
+were soon found to involve so much of indirect, if not even of
+direct interpretation, that <!-- page 31--><a
+name="page31"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 31</span>both
+Companies agreed to leave this portion of the work to some
+committee of the two University Presses that they might
+afterwards think fit to appoint.&nbsp; Small as the work might
+seem to be if only confined to the simple revision of the
+existing headings, the time it would have taken up, if undertaken
+by the Companies, would certainly have been considerable.&nbsp; I
+revised, on my own account, the headings of the chapters in St.
+Matthew, and was surprised to find how much time was required to
+do accurately and consistently what might have seemed a very easy
+and inconsiderable work.</p>
+<p>The eighth rule was of some importance, though, I think, very
+rarely acted upon: &ldquo;To refer, on the part of each Company,
+when considered desirable, to divines, scholars, and literary
+men, whether at home or abroad, for their opinions.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+How far this was acted on by the Old Testament Company I do not
+know.&nbsp; In regard of the New Testament Company the only
+instance I can remember, when we availed ourselves of the rule,
+was in reference to our renderings of portions of the
+twenty-seventh chapter of the Acts of the Apostles.&nbsp; In this
+particular case we sent our sheets to the Admiralty, and asked
+the First <!-- page 32--><a name="page32"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 32</span>Sea Lord (whom some of us knew)
+kindly to tell us if the expressions we had adopted were
+nautically correct.&nbsp; I believe this friendly and competent
+authority did not find anything amiss.&nbsp; It has sometimes
+been said that it would have been better, especially in reference
+to the New Testament, if this rule had been more frequently acted
+on, and if matters connected with English and alterations of
+rhythm had been brought before a few of our more distinguished
+literary men.&nbsp; It may be so; though I much doubt whether in
+matters of English the Greek would not always have proved the
+dominant arbiter.&nbsp; In matters of rhythm it is equally
+doubtful whether much could have been effected by appealing to
+the ears of others.&nbsp; At any rate we preferred trusting to
+our own, and adopted, as I shall afterwards mention, a mode of
+testing rhythmical cadence that could hardly have been improved
+upon.</p>
+<p>The concluding rule was one of convenience and common sense:
+&ldquo;That the work of each Company be communicated to the
+other, as it is completed, in order that there may be as little
+deviation from uniformity in language as possible.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>All preliminaries were now settled.&nbsp; The <!-- page
+33--><a name="page33"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+33</span>invitations were issued, and, with the exceptions of
+Canon Cook, Dr. Pusey, and Dr. Newman, were readily
+accepted.&nbsp; Three or four names (Principal Douglas, Professor
+Geden, Dr. Weir, and, I think, Mr. Bensley), were shortly added
+to those already mentioned as invited to join the Old Testament
+Company, and, in less than a month after the meeting of the
+committee on May 25, both Companies had entered upon their
+responsible work.&nbsp; On June 22, 1870, both Companies, after a
+celebration of the Holy Communion, previously announced by Dean
+Stanley as intended to be administered by him in Westminster
+Abbey, in the Chapel of Henry VII, commenced the long-looked-for
+revision of the Authorised Version of God&rsquo;s Holy
+Word.&nbsp; The Old Testament Company commenced their work in the
+Chapter Library; the New Testament Company in the Jerusalem
+Chamber.</p>
+<p>The number of the members in each Company was very nearly the
+same, viz. twenty-seven in the Old Testament Company, and, in
+nominal attendance, twenty-six in the New Testament
+Company.&nbsp; In the former Company, owing to the longer time
+found necessary for the work (fourteen years), there were more
+changes in the composition of the Company <!-- page 34--><a
+name="page34"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 34</span>than in the
+case of the latter Company, which completed its work three years
+and a half before its sister Company.&nbsp; At the close of the
+work on the New Testament (1880), the numbers in each Company
+were twenty-six and twenty-five; but owing to various reasons,
+and especially the distance of many of the members from London,
+the number in actual and regular attendance was somewhat reduced
+as the years went onward.&nbsp; How it fared with the Old
+Testament Company I cannot precisely state.&nbsp; Bishop Harold
+Browne, after his accession to the See of Winchester, was only
+able to attend twice or three times after the year 1875.&nbsp; In
+that year Bishop Thirlwall died, and Bishop Ollivant ceased to
+attend, but remained a corresponding member till his death in
+1882.&nbsp; Vacancies, I am informed, were filled up till October
+1875, after which date no new members were added.&nbsp; The
+Company, however, worked to the very end with great devotion and
+assiduity.&nbsp; The revision occupied 794 days, and was
+completed in eighty-five sessions, the greater part of which were
+for ten days each, at about six hours a day.</p>
+<p>I can speak a little more exactly in reference to the New
+Testament Company.&nbsp; The time was shorter, and the changes in
+the composition <!-- page 35--><a name="page35"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 35</span>of the Company were fewer.&nbsp; At
+the end of the work a record was made out of the attendances of
+the individual members <a name="citation35"></a><a
+href="#footnote35" class="citation">[35]</a>, from which it was
+easy to arrive at the average attendance, which for the whole
+time was found to be as much as sixteen each day.&nbsp; The
+number of sessions was 101 of four days each, and one of three
+days, making a total of 407 days in all.&nbsp; More than 1,200
+days were thus devoted to the work of the revision of the
+Authorised Versions of both Testaments.&nbsp; The first revision,
+in the case of the New Testament lasted about six years; the
+second, two years and a half.&nbsp; The remaining two years were
+spent in the consideration of <!-- page 36--><a
+name="page36"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 36</span>various
+details and reserved questions, and especially the consideration
+of the suggestions, on our second revision, of the American
+Revisers, of whose work and connexion with the English Revisers
+it will now be convenient to speak.</p>
+<p style="text-align: center">* * * * *</p>
+<p>The idea of a connexion with America in the great work of
+revision was nearly as early as the movements in Convocation of
+which an account has been given.&nbsp; It appears that, in the
+session of Convocation in July, 1870, it was moved in the Lower
+House by Lord Alwyne Compton (afterwards and now Bishop of Ely)
+that the committee of Convocation should be instructed to invite
+the co-operation of some American divines.&nbsp; This was at once
+agreed to by both Houses, and measures were taken to open
+communications with America.&nbsp; The correspondence was opened
+by the acting Chairman of the New Testament Company (the present
+writer) in a letter to Dr. Angus (dated July 20, 1870 <a
+name="citation36"></a><a href="#footnote36"
+class="citation">[36]</a>) who was about to visit <!-- page
+37--><a name="page37"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 37</span>the
+United States, empowering him to prepare the way for definite
+action on the part of American scholars and divines.&nbsp; This
+he did in a letter (&ldquo;Historical Account,&rdquo; p. 31) sent
+round to American scholars, and especially by communication with
+Dr. Philip Schaff of the Bible House at New York, who, from the
+first, had taken the deepest interest in the movement.&nbsp; This
+active and enterprising scholar at once took up the matter, and
+operated so successfully that, as he himself tells us in his
+valuable and accurate &ldquo;Companion to the Greek Testament and
+the English Version&rdquo; (New York, 1883), a committee of about
+thirty members was formally organized Dec. 7, 1871, and entered
+upon active work on Oct. 4, 1872, after the first revision of the
+Synoptical Gospels had been forwarded by the New Testament
+Company.</p>
+<p>Our Old Testament Company was no less active and
+co-operative.&nbsp; As they tell us in <!-- page 38--><a
+name="page38"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 38</span>the Preface
+prefixed to their revision, &ldquo;the first revision of the
+several books of the Old Testament was submitted to the
+consideration of the American Revisers, and, except in the case
+of the Pentateuch (which had been twice gone through prior to
+co-operation) the English Company had the benefit of their
+criticisms and suggestions before they proceeded to the second
+revision.&nbsp; The second revision was in like manner forwarded
+to America, and the latest thoughts of the American Revisers were
+in the hands of the English Company at their final
+review.&rdquo;&nbsp; Both our English Companies bear hearty
+testimony to the value derived from the co-operation.&nbsp; In
+the case of the New Testament Company, the &ldquo;care,
+vigilance, and accuracy&rdquo; which marked the work of their
+American brethren is distinctly specified.</p>
+<p>But little more need be said of the American Companies.&nbsp;
+They were soon fully organized, and, so far as can be judged by
+the results of their work, carefully and judiciously
+chosen.&nbsp; The Old Testament Company consisted of fifteen
+members, Dr. Green, Professor in Princeton, being Chairman: the
+New Testament Committee consisted of sixteen members, three of
+those who had at first accepted <!-- page 39--><a
+name="page39"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 39</span>having been
+obliged, from ill-health and stress of local duties, to
+resign.&nbsp; Dr. Woolsey, Ex-President of Yale College, was
+Chairman, and Bishop Lee, of the Diocese of Delaware, one of the
+most faithful and valuable participators in the work, a member of
+the Company.&nbsp; Dr. Philip Schaff, Professor of Sacred
+Literature in the Union Theological Seminary, New York, was also
+a member, and was President of the whole undertaking, Dr. George
+Day of Yale College, a member of the Old Testament Company, being
+the general secretary.&nbsp; The two Companies met every month
+(except July and August) in two rooms in the Bible House, New
+York, but without any connexion with the Bible Society, which, as
+in England, could only circulate the Authorised Version.</p>
+<p>The American Committee, Dr. Schaff tells us, included
+representatives of nine different denominations, viz.
+Episcopalians, Presbyterians, Congregationalists, Baptists,
+Methodists and, to the extent of one member, Lutherans,
+Unitarians, and Society of Friends.&nbsp; The Episcopal Church of
+America was applied to by Bishop Wilberforce with the request
+that they would take part in the revision: this was
+declined.&nbsp; The American Church however, <!-- page 40--><a
+name="page40"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 40</span>as we have
+already shown, was not wholly unrepresented in the work.&nbsp;
+The whole Committee was obviously much more mixed than the
+English Committee; but it must not be forgotten that though the
+English Companies were chosen by Episcopalians, and
+Episcopalians, as was natural, greatly preponderated, nearly
+one-third of the two Companies were not members of the Church of
+England.&nbsp; If we assume that each Company consisted at any
+given time of twenty-five members, which, as we have seen, would
+be approximately correct, the non-Episcopal members will be found
+to have been not less than sixteen, viz. seven Presbyterians,
+four Independents or Congregationalists, two Baptists, two
+Wesleyans, and one Unitarian.&nbsp; Be this however as it may, it
+is certain that by the great blessing, we may humbly say, of God
+the Holy Ghost, the greatest possible harmony prevailed in the
+work both here and in America.&nbsp; Here, as is well known, this
+was the case; and in America, to quote one only out of many
+similar witnesses, one who was himself a reviser, and the only
+pastor in the Company (the Old Testament Company), thus gives his
+experience, &ldquo;Never, even once, did the <i>odium
+theologicum</i> appear.&nbsp; Nothing was <!-- page 41--><a
+name="page41"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 41</span>said at any
+time that required retraction or apology <a
+name="citation41"></a><a href="#footnote41"
+class="citation">[41]</a>.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>This brief notice of our American brethren may close with one
+further comment.&nbsp; Their work began, like ours, with reliance
+on financial aid from the many who would be sure to be interested
+in such an important and long-desired work.&nbsp; Help in our
+case was at once readily proffered, but very soon was found not
+to be necessary, owing to our disposal of copyright to the
+Presses of the two Universities.&nbsp; With the American Revisers
+it was otherwise.&nbsp; During the whole twelve years all the
+necessary expenses of travelling, printing, room-rent, and other
+accessories were, as Dr. Schaff mentions, cheerfully contributed
+by liberal donors from among the friends of biblical
+revision.&nbsp; There remained, however, a grave
+difficulty.&nbsp; It was plainly impossible that such
+distinguished men as those who formed the two American Companies
+could simply act the part of friendly critics of what was sent
+over to them without being recognized as fellow revisers in the
+full sense of the words.&nbsp; How, however, formally to <!--
+page 42--><a name="page42"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+42</span>establish this parity of position was found to be very
+difficult, owing to our connexion with the Presses, who had trade
+rights which had properly to be guarded.&nbsp; The result was
+much friendly negotiation for several months, but without any
+definite adjustment <a name="citation42a"></a><a
+href="#footnote42a" class="citation">[42a]</a>.&nbsp; At last, by
+the wise and conciliatory action of the Presses an agreement was
+arrived at in August, 1877 <a name="citation42b"></a><a
+href="#footnote42b" class="citation">[42b]</a>, by which we on
+this side of the Atlantic were bound not only to send over the
+various stages of our work to our American brethren and carefully
+to consider all their suggestions, but also to sanction the
+publication in every copy of the revision of a list of all the
+important passages, in regard of text and renderings, upon which
+the English and American Revisers could not finally agree.&nbsp;
+The American Revisers on their part undertook not to publish any
+edition of their own for fourteen years.</p>
+<p>The fourteen years have now passed away, <!-- page 43--><a
+name="page43"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 43</span>but prior to
+the expiration of the time the long-needed marginal references
+were completed, and in September, 1898, were attached to the
+pages of all the larger English copies of the Revised Version of
+the Holy Scripture, with a short account of the sources from
+which they were derived, and of the circumstances of their
+delayed publication.&nbsp; As they were somewhat closely
+connected with the labours of two of the members of the New
+Testament Company, and had received the general approval of that
+Company, I had real pleasure in presenting to both Houses of
+Convocation on Feb. 10, 1899, the completed body of references,
+and, in them, the very last portion of every part of the work of
+the Company with which I had so long been connected.</p>
+<p>The appearance of the references was very seasonable, as it
+enabled the Universities to acquire copyright for any of the
+editions <i>with these references</i> which they might publish,
+or cause to be published in America.&nbsp; The University Press
+of Oxford has, I know, acted on this right, but whether in
+conjunction with the Cambridge University Press or independently
+I am not able to say.&nbsp; The right at any rate remains, and in
+the sequel may be of greater importance in America than we may
+<!-- page 44--><a name="page44"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+44</span>now suppose, as it may tend to discourage the spread of
+altered editions of the revision, which from time to time might
+be brought forward by irresponsible publishers <a
+name="citation44"></a><a href="#footnote44"
+class="citation">[44]</a>.</p>
+<p><!-- page 45--><a name="page45"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+45</span>One subject still remains to be noticed in this portion
+of my address which cannot be passed over&mdash;the revision of
+the Apocrypha.&nbsp; This the English revisers were pledged to
+the University Presses to complete, before our connexion with
+them could be rightfully concluded.&nbsp; This revision, as we
+know, has been completed, though perhaps not in a manner that can
+be considered as completely satisfactory, owing to the want of a
+co-ordinating authority.&nbsp; The arrangement, of which a full
+and clear account will be found in the preface to the published
+volume, was briefly as follows.&nbsp; On March 21, 1879, as the
+New Testament Company was fast approaching the completion of its
+labours, it was agreed that the Company should be divided into
+three portions, each consisting of eight members, to which the
+names of the London, Westminster, and Cambridge Companies were to
+be respectively assigned.&nbsp; The portion of the work that each
+of the three Companies was to take was settled by lot.&nbsp; To
+the London Company, of which I was a member, <!-- page 46--><a
+name="page46"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 46</span>the book of
+Ecclesiasticus was assigned; to the Westminster Company, the
+first book of Maccabees, and subsequently the books Tobit and
+Judith; and to the Cambridge Company, the second book of
+Maccabees and the Wisdom of Solomon.</p>
+<p>On the completion of their work, the Old Testament Company
+assigned to a special committee chosen out of their number the
+remaining books of the Apocrypha, viz. 1 and 2 Esdras, the
+remainder of Esther, Baruch, Song of the Three Children, Susanna,
+Bel and the Dragon, and the Prayer of Manasses.</p>
+<p>It was agreed that each Company and the above-named committee
+should go through their work twice, but without the two-thirds
+condition, and that each body should send its work when completed
+round to the rest.&nbsp; The times, however, at which the
+portions were completed were by no means, even approximately, the
+same.&nbsp; The London Company completed its work in May,
+1883.&nbsp; The Westminster Company finished the first book of
+Maccabees in November, 1881, and the books of Tobit and Judith in
+October, 1882.&nbsp; The Cambridge Company completed its revision
+of the second book of Maccabees in December, 1889, and of the
+Book of Wisdom, which underwent <!-- page 47--><a
+name="page47"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 47</span>three
+revisions, in November, 1891.&nbsp; The revision of the remaining
+books, undertaken by the Old Testament Company, does not seem to
+have been completed till even two or three years later.&nbsp;
+This interval of ten or twelve years involved in some of the
+books, especially in reference to Ecclesiasticus, the clear
+necessity for further revision.&nbsp; This compelled me, with the
+help of my valued friend Dr. Moulton, to go over the work of my
+former Company on my own responsibility, my coadjutors in the
+work having been either called away by death or too seriously ill
+to help me.</p>
+<p>It was thus with some sense of relief that, on the request of
+those connected with the publication of the volume, I presented
+the Revised Version of the Apocrypha to the two Houses of
+Convocation on February 12, 1896.</p>
+<p>The rise and progress of the desire for a revision of the
+Authorised Version of Holy Scripture has now been set forth as
+fully as the limits of these Addresses permit.&nbsp; What now
+remains to be specified is what may be called the internal
+history of this Revision, or, in other words, the nature and
+procedure of the work, with such concluding comments as the
+circumstances of the present may appear to suggest.</p>
+<h2><!-- page 48--><a name="page48"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+48</span>ADDRESS III.<br />
+<span class="smcap">Hebrew and Greek Text</span>.</h2>
+<p>We now pass from what may be called the outward history of the
+Revision to the inward nature and character of the work of the
+Revisers, and may naturally divide that work into two
+portions&mdash;their labours as regards the original text, and
+their labours in regard of rendering and translation.</p>
+<p>I.&nbsp; First, then, as regards the original text of the Old
+Testament.</p>
+<p>Here the work of the Old Testament Company was very slight as
+compared with that of the New Testament Company.&nbsp; The latter
+Company had, almost in every other verse, to settle upon a
+text&mdash;often involving much that was doubtful and
+debatable&mdash;before they proceeded to the further work of
+translating.&nbsp; The Old Testament Company, on the contrary,
+had ready to hand a <i>textus receptus</i> which really deserved
+the title, and on which, in their preface, they write as follows:
+&ldquo;The received, or, as it is commonly called, the Massoretic
+<!-- page 49--><a name="page49"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+49</span>text of the Old Testament Scriptures has come down to us
+in manuscripts which are of no very great antiquity, and which
+all belong to the same family or recension.&nbsp; That other
+recensions were at one time in existence is probable from the
+variations in the Ancient Versions, the oldest of which, namely,
+the Greek or Septuagint, was made, at least in part, some two
+centuries before the Christian era.&nbsp; But as the date of
+knowledge on the subject is not at present such as to justify any
+attempt at an entire reconstruction of the text on the authority
+of the Versions, the Revisers have thought it most prudent to
+adopt the Massoretic text as the basis of their work, and to
+depart from it, as the Authorised Translators had done, only in
+exceptional cases.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>That in this decision the Revisers had exercised the sound
+judgement which marks every part of their work cannot possibly be
+doubted by any competent reader.&nbsp; The Massoretic text has a
+long and interesting history.&nbsp; Its name is derived from a
+word, Massora (tradition), that reminds us of the accumulated
+traditions and criticisms relating to numerous passages of the
+text, and of the manner in which it was to be read, all which
+were finally committed to writing, and the ultimate result of
+which <!-- page 50--><a name="page50"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 50</span>is the text of which we have been
+speaking.&nbsp; That the formation of the written Massora was a
+work of time seems a probable and reasonable supposition.&nbsp; A
+very competent writer <a name="citation50"></a><a
+href="#footnote50" class="citation">[50]</a> tells us that this
+formation may have extended from the sixth or seventh to the
+tenth or eleventh century.&nbsp; From the end of this Massoretic
+period onward the same writer tells us that the Massora became
+the great authority by which the text given in all the Jewish
+manuscripts was settled.&nbsp; All our manuscripts, in a word,
+are Massoretic.&nbsp; Any that were not so were not used, and
+allowed to perish, or, as it has been thought, were destroyed as
+not being in strict accordance with the recognized
+standards.&nbsp; Whether we have sustained any real critical loss
+by the disappearance of the rejected manuscripts it is impossible
+to say.&nbsp; The fact only remains that we have no manuscript of
+any portion of the Old Testament certainly known to be of a date
+prior to <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> 916.&nbsp; The Massora,
+it may be mentioned, appears in two forms&mdash;the <i>Massora
+parva</i> and the <i>Massora magna</i>.&nbsp; The former contains
+the really valuable portion of the great work, viz., the
+variation technically named K&rsquo;ri (<i>read</i>), and placed
+<!-- page 51--><a name="page51"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+51</span>in the margin of the Hebrew Bibles.&nbsp; This was to be
+substituted for the corresponding portion in the text technically
+named C&rsquo;thib (<i>written</i>), and was regarded by the
+Massoretes themselves as the true reading.&nbsp; The <i>Massora
+magna</i> contained the above, and other matter deemed to be of
+importance in reference to the interpretation of the text.</p>
+<p>The Revisers inform us that they have generally, though not
+uniformly, rendered the C&rsquo;thib in the text, and left the
+K&rsquo;ri in the margin, with the introductory note, &ldquo;Or,
+according to another reading,&rdquo; or, &ldquo;Another reading
+is.&rdquo;&nbsp; When they adopted the K&rsquo;ri in the text of
+their rendering, they placed the C&rsquo;thib in the margin if it
+represented a variation of importance.</p>
+<p>These things, and others specified in the preface, should be
+carefully attended to by the reader as enabling him to
+distinguish between the different characters of the alternative
+renderings as specified in the margin.&nbsp; Those due to the
+Massoretes, or, in other words, the K&rsquo;ris, will naturally
+deserve attention from their antiquity.&nbsp; They are not,
+however, when estimated with reference to the whole of the sacred
+volume, very numerous.&nbsp; In the earliest printed bible they
+were 1,171 in number, but <!-- page 52--><a
+name="page52"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 52</span>this is
+generally considered erroneous in excess, 900 being probably much
+nearer the true estimate.</p>
+<p>We cannot leave the subject of the Hebrew text without some
+reference to the emendation of it suggested by the Ancient
+Versions.&nbsp; But little, I believe, of a systematic character
+has, as yet, been accomplished.&nbsp; The Revisers mention that
+they have been obliged, in some few cases of extreme difficulty,
+to depart from the Massoretic text and adopt a reading from the
+Ancient Versions.&nbsp; I regret to observe that it is stated by
+one of those connected with the forthcoming American revision of
+the Old Testament version that in nearly one hundred cases the
+marginal references to the Ancient Versions will be
+omitted.&nbsp; Reasons are given, but these could hardly have
+escaped the knowledge and observation of the learned men by whom
+the references were inserted.&nbsp; The Revisers also mention
+that where the Versions appeared to supply a very probable,
+though not so absolutely necessary, correction as displacement of
+the Massoretic text, they have still felt it proper to place the
+reading in the margin.</p>
+<p>This recognition of the critical importance of the Ancient
+Versions by the Revisers, though <!-- page 53--><a
+name="page53"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 53</span>obviously in
+only a limited number of cases, seems to indicate the great good
+that may be expected from a more complete and systematic use of
+these ancient authorities in reference to the current text of the
+Old Testament.&nbsp; At present the texts implied in them have, I
+believe, never yet been so closely analysed as to enable us to
+form any just estimate of their real critical value.&nbsp; They
+have been used by editors, as in the case of Houbigant, but only
+in a limited and partial manner.&nbsp; Lists, I believe, are
+accessible of all the more important readings suggested or
+implied by the Versions; but what is needed is far more than
+this.&nbsp; In the first place we require much more trustworthy
+texts of the Versions themselves than are at present at our
+disposal.&nbsp; In the case of the Septuagint we may very shortly
+look forward to a thoroughly revised text; and a similar remark
+may probably be made in reference to the Vulgate, but I am not
+aware that much has been done in the case of the Syriac <a
+name="citation53"></a><a href="#footnote53"
+class="citation">[53]</a>, and of other versions to which
+reference would have to be made in any great <!-- page 54--><a
+name="page54"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 54</span>critical
+attempt, such as a revision of the <i>textus receptus</i> of the
+Old Testament.</p>
+<p>If, however, a first need is trustworthy editions of the
+Versions, a second need appears to be a fuller knowledge of the
+Hebrew material, late in regard of antiquity though it may be,
+than was, at any rate, available till very recently.&nbsp; The
+new edition of the text of the Hebrew Bible by Dr. Ginsburg, with
+its learned and voluminous introduction, may, and probably does,
+supply this fuller knowledge; but as in regard of these matters I
+can speak only as a novice, I can only reproduce the statement
+commonly made by those who have a right to speak on such
+subjects, that the collation of the Hebrew manuscripts that we
+already possess has been far from complete.&nbsp; There appears
+to have been the feeling that they all lead up to the Massoretic
+text, and that any particular variations from it need not be
+treated over-seriously; and yet surely we must regard it as
+possible that some of these negligible variations might concur
+with, and by their concurrence add weight to, readings already
+rendered probable by the suggestive testimony of the Ancient
+Versions.&nbsp; It may be right for me to add that the whole
+question was raised in 1886 by <!-- page 55--><a
+name="page55"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 55</span>Dr. Green and
+Dr. Schaff in a circular letter addressed to distinguished
+Hebrews in Germany and elsewhere.&nbsp; The answers are returned
+in German <a name="citation55"></a><a href="#footnote55"
+class="citation">[55]</a>, and are translated.&nbsp; They are
+most of them interesting, though not very encouraging.&nbsp; The
+best of them seems to be the answer of Professor Strack, of
+Berlin.</p>
+<p>But here I must pause.&nbsp; The use made by the Revisers of
+these ancient documents has called out the foregoing comments,
+and has awakened the hope, which I now venture to express, that
+the critical use of the Versions may be expanded, and form a part
+of that systematic revision of the text of the Old Testament
+which will not improbably form part of the critical labours of
+the present century.</p>
+<p>II.&nbsp; We may now turn to the New Testament, and to the
+revision of the <i>textus receptus</i> of the New Testament which
+our rules necessitated, and which formed a very important and, it
+may be added, a very anxious part of our revision.</p>
+<p>And here, at the very outset, one general observation is
+absolutely necessary.</p>
+<p><!-- page 56--><a name="page56"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+56</span>It is very commonly said, and I fear believed by many to
+be true, that the text adopted by the Revisers and afterwards
+published (in different forms) by the two University Presses,
+hardly differs at all from the afterwards published text of the
+two distinguished scholars and critics, one of whom was called
+from us a few years ago, and the other of whom has, to our great
+sorrow, only recently left us.&nbsp; I allude, of course, to the
+Greek Testament, now of world-wide reputation, of Westcott and
+Hort.&nbsp; What has been often asserted, and is still repeated,
+is this, that the text had been in print for some time before it
+was finally published, and was in the hands of the Revisers
+almost, if not quite, from the very first.&nbsp; It was this, so
+the statement runs, that they really worked upon, and this that
+they assimilated.</p>
+<p>Now this I unhesitatingly declare, as I shall subsequently be
+able to prove, is contrary to the facts of the case.&nbsp; It is
+perfectly true that our two eminent colleagues gave, I believe,
+to each one of us, from time to time, little booklets of their
+text as it then stood in print, but which we were always warned
+were not considered by the editors themselves as final.&nbsp;
+These portions of their text were given to us, <!-- page 57--><a
+name="page57"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 57</span>not to win us
+over to adopt it, but to enable us to see each proposed reading
+in its continuity.&nbsp; How these booklets were used by the
+members of the Company generally, I know not.&nbsp; I can only
+speak for myself; but I cannot suppress the conviction that I was
+acting unconsciously in the same manner as the great majority of
+the Company.&nbsp; I only used the booklets for occasional
+reference.&nbsp; In preparing the portion of the sacred volume on
+which we were to be engaged in the next session of the Company, I
+took due note of the readings as well as of the renderings, but I
+formed my judgement independently on the evidence supplied to me
+by the notes of the critical edition, whether that of Tischendorf
+or Tregelles, which I then was in the habit of using.&nbsp; This
+evidence was always fully stated to the Company, nearly always by
+Dr. Scrivener, and it was upon the discussion of this evidence,
+and not on the reading of any particular editor, on which the
+decision of the Company was ultimately formed.&nbsp; We paid in
+all cases great attention to the arguments of our two eminent
+colleagues and our experienced colleague, Dr. Scrivener; but each
+question of reading, as it arose, was settled by the votes of the
+Company.&nbsp; The resulting text, as afterwards <!-- page
+58--><a name="page58"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+58</span>published by the Oxford University Press, and edited by
+Archdeacon Palmer, was thus the direct work of the Company, and
+may be rightly designated, as it will be in these pages, as the
+Revisers&rsquo; text.</p>
+<p>It is of considerable importance that this should be borne in
+mind; for, in the angry vituperation which was directed against
+the Revisers&rsquo; text, it was tacitly assumed that this text
+was practically identical with that of Westcott and Hort, and
+that the difficulties which are to be found in this latter text
+(and some there certainly are) are all to be found in the text of
+the Revisers.&nbsp; How very far such an assumption is from the
+true state of the case can easily be shown by a simple comparison
+of one text with the other.&nbsp; Let us take an example.&nbsp; I
+suppose there are very few who can entertain the slightest doubt
+that in Acts xii. 35, St. Luke tells us that Barnabas and Saul
+returned <i>from</i> Jerusalem after their mission was over, and
+took with them (from Jerusalem) St. Mark.&nbsp; Now what is the
+reading of Westcott and Hort?&mdash;&ldquo;to Jerusalem&rdquo;
+with the Vatican Manuscript, and a fair amount of external
+support.&nbsp; We then turn at once to the Revisers&rsquo; text
+and find that <i>from</i> (&epsilon;&xi;) is maintained, in spite
+of the clever arguments <!-- page 59--><a name="page59"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 59</span>which, in this case, can be urged for
+an intrinsically improbable reading, and, most likely, were urged
+at the time, as I observe that the Revisers have allowed the
+&ldquo;to&rdquo; to appear in a margin.</p>
+<p>I regret that I have never gone through the somewhat laborious
+process of minutely comparing the Revisers&rsquo; text with the
+text of Westcott and Hort, but I cannot help thinking that the
+example I have chosen is a typical one, and does show the sort of
+relations between the two texts, when what a recent and competent
+writer (Dr. Salmon, of Trinity College, Dublin) considers to be
+the difficulties and anomalies and apparent perversities in the
+text of Westcott and Hort are compared with the decisions of the
+Revisers <a name="citation59"></a><a href="#footnote59"
+class="citation">[59]</a>.&nbsp; There are, I believe, only
+sixty-four passages in the whole revision, in which the text of
+the Revisers, when agreeing with the text of Westcott and Hort,
+has not also the support of Lachmann, or Tischendorf, or
+Tregelles.</p>
+<p>I observe that the above-named writer expresses his
+satisfaction that the Revised Version has not superseded the
+Authorised Version in <!-- page 60--><a name="page60"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 60</span>our Churches <a
+name="citation60a"></a><a href="#footnote60a"
+class="citation">[60a]</a>, and that things which were read at
+Rome in the second century may still be read in our own Churches
+in the nineteenth century.&nbsp; This, perhaps, is a strong way
+of expressing his aversion to the text of Westcott and Hort, but
+it is not perfectly clear that the Revisers&rsquo; text has
+&ldquo;so closely&rdquo; followed the authority of these two
+eminent critics as to be open, on Dr. Salmon&rsquo;s part, to the
+same measure of aversion.&nbsp; Until more accurate evidence is
+forthcoming that the Revisers have shown in their text the same
+sort of studied disregard of Western variations as is plainly to
+be recognized in the text of Westcott and Hort, I can only fall
+back on my persuasion, as one who has put to the vote these
+critical questions very many times, that systematic neglect of
+Western authority cannot fairly be brought home to the
+Revisers.&nbsp; It is much to be regretted then, that in the very
+opening chapter of his interesting volume, Dr. Salmon roundly
+states that Westcott and Hort exercised a &ldquo;predominating
+influence&rdquo; on their colleagues in the revision on the
+question of various readings <a name="citation60b"></a><a
+href="#footnote60b" class="citation">[60b]</a>, and that
+&ldquo;more than half of their brother members of the Committee
+had given no special attention to the subject.&rdquo;&nbsp; Now,
+<!-- page 61--><a name="page61"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+61</span>assuming that the word &ldquo;Committee&rdquo; has been
+here accidentally used for the more usual term Company, I am
+forced to say that both statements are really incorrect.&nbsp; I
+was permitted by God&rsquo;s mercy to be present at every meeting
+of the Company except two, and I can distinctly say that I never
+observed any indication of this predominating influence.&nbsp; We
+knew well that our two eminent colleagues had devoted many years
+of their lives to the great work on which they were engaged; and
+we paid full deference to what they urged on each reading as it
+came before us, but in the end we decided for ourselves.&nbsp;
+For it must not be forgotten that we had an eminent colleague
+(absent only eight times from our 407 meetings) who took a very
+different view of the critical evidence to that of Westcott and
+Hort, and never failed very fully, and often very persuasively,
+to express it.&nbsp; I am of course alluding to my old friend Dr.
+Scrivener.&nbsp; It was often a kind of critical duel between Dr.
+Hort and Dr. Scrivener, in which everything that could be urged
+on either side was placed before the Company, and the Company
+enabled to decide on a full knowledge of the critical facts and
+reasonings in reference to the reading under consideration.</p>
+<p><!-- page 62--><a name="page62"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+62</span>Now it is also not correct to say of the Company that
+finally decided the question, that more than half &ldquo;had
+given no special attention to the subject.&rdquo;&nbsp; If this
+refers to the matter <i>subsequently</i> put forward by Dr. Hort
+in the introductory volume to Westcott and Hort&rsquo;s Greek
+Testament, to the clever and instructive genealogical method, and
+to the numberless applications of it that have given their Greek
+Testament the pre-eminence it deservedly holds&mdash;if this be
+the meaning of the Provost&rsquo;s estimate of the critical
+knowledge of the Company, I should not have taken any exception
+to the words.&nbsp; But if &ldquo;the subject&rdquo; refers to
+the general critical knowledge at the time when the Company came
+together, then I must gently protest against an estimate of the
+general critical capabilities of the Company that is, really and
+truly, incorrect.&nbsp; All but three or four are now resting
+with God, and among these twenty they were not few who had a good
+and full knowledge of the New Testament textual criticism of the
+generation that had just passed away.&nbsp; Among them were not
+only the three experts whom I have mentioned, but editors of
+portions of the New Testament such as Bishop Lightfoot and
+others, principals of large <!-- page 63--><a
+name="page63"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 63</span>educational
+colleges both in England and Scotland, and scholars like Dean
+Scott, who were known to take great interest in questions of
+textual criticism.&nbsp; A few of these might almost be
+considered as definitely experts, but all taken together
+certainly made a very competent body to whose independent
+judgement the settlement of difficult critical questions could be
+safely committed.</p>
+<p>And, as I venture to think, the text which has been
+constructed from their decisions, their resultant text as it
+might be called, will show that the Revisers&rsquo; text is an
+independent text on which great reliance can be placed.&nbsp; It
+is the text which I always use myself in my general reading of
+the New Testament, and I deliberately regard it as one of the two
+best texts of the New Testament at present extant; the other
+being the cheap and convenient edition of Professor Nestle,
+bearing the title &ldquo;Novum Testamentum Gr&aelig;ce, cum
+apparatu critico ex editionibus et libris manu scriptis
+collecto.&nbsp; Stuttgart, 1898.&rdquo;&nbsp; This edition is
+issued by the W&uuml;rtemberg Bible Society, and will, as I hear,
+not improbably be adopted by our own Bible Society as their Greek
+Testament of the future.</p>
+<p>The reason why I prefer these two texts <!-- page 64--><a
+name="page64"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 64</span>for the
+general reading of the sacred volume is this, that they both have
+much in common with the text of Westcott and Hort, but are free
+from those peculiarities and, I fear I must add, perversities,
+which do here and there mark the text of that justly celebrated
+edition.&nbsp; To Doctors Westcott and Hort all faithful students
+of the New Testament owe a debt of lasting gratitude which it is
+impossible to overestimate.&nbsp; Still, in the introductory
+volume by Dr. Hort, assumptions have been made, and principles
+laid down, which in several places have plainly affected the
+text, and led to the maintenance of readings which, to many
+minds, it will seem really impossible to accept.&nbsp; An
+instance has been given above on page 58, and this is by no means
+a solitary instance.</p>
+<p>Having now shown fairly, I hope, and clearly the thoroughly
+independent character of the text which I have called the
+Revisers&rsquo; text, I will pass onward, and show the careful
+manner in which it was constructed, and the circumstances under
+which we have it in the continuous form in which it has been
+published by the Press of the University of Oxford.</p>
+<p>To do this, it will be necessary to refer <!-- page 65--><a
+name="page65"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 65</span>to the rule
+under which we were directed to carry out this portion of our
+responsible work.&nbsp; We had two things to do&mdash;to revise
+the Authorised Version, and also to revise under certain
+specified limitations the Greek text from which the Authorised
+Version was made; or, in other words, the fifth edition of
+Beza&rsquo;s Greek Testament, published in the year 1698.&nbsp;
+The rule under which this second portion of our work was to be
+performed was as follows: &ldquo;That the text to be adopted be
+that for which the evidence is decidedly preponderating; and [let
+this be noted] that when the text so adopted differs from that
+from which the Authorised Version was made, the alteration be
+indicated in the margin.&rdquo;&nbsp; Such was the rule in regard
+of the text, and such was the instruction as to the mode of
+notifying any alterations that it might have been found necessary
+to make.</p>
+<p>Let us deal first with the direction as to notifying the
+alterations.&nbsp; Now as it was soon found practically
+impossible to place all the alterations in a margin which would
+certainly be needed for alternative renderings, and for such
+matters as usually appear in a margin, we left the University
+Presses to publish, in such manner as they might think <!-- page
+66--><a name="page66"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 66</span>most
+convenient, the deviations from the Greek text presumed to
+underlie the Authorised Version.&nbsp; The Cambridge University
+Press entrusted to Dr. Scrivener the publication of the Received
+Text with the alterations of the Revisers placed at the foot of
+the page.&nbsp; The Oxford University Press adopted the more
+convenient method of letting the alterations form part of the
+continuous text (the readings they displaced being at the foot of
+the page), and entrusted the editing of the volume to Archdeacon
+Palmer (one of our Company) who, as we know, performed the duty
+with great care and accuracy.&nbsp; Hence the existence of what I
+term throughout this address as the Revisers&rsquo; text.</p>
+<p>We can now turn to the first part of the rule and describe in
+general terms the mode of our procedure.&nbsp; It differs very
+slightly from the mode described in the preface of the Revisers
+of the Old Testament.&nbsp; The verse on which we were engaged
+was read by the Chairman.&nbsp; The first question asked was,
+whether there was any difference of reading in the Greek text
+which required our consideration.&nbsp; If there was none, we
+proceeded with the second part of our work, the consideration of
+the rendering.&nbsp; If there was <!-- page 67--><a
+name="page67"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 67</span>a reading in
+the Greek text that demanded our consideration it was at once
+discussed, and commonly in the following manner.&nbsp; Dr.
+Scrivener stated briefly the authorities, whether manuscripts,
+ancient versions, or patristic citations, of which details most
+of us were already aware.&nbsp; If the alteration was one for
+which the evidence was patently and decidedly preponderating, it
+was at once adopted, and the work went onward.&nbsp; If, however,
+it was a case where it was doubtful whether the evidence for the
+alteration <i>was</i> thus decidedly preponderating, then a
+discussion, often long, interesting, and instructive,
+followed.&nbsp; Dr. Hort, if present (and he was seldom absent;
+only forty-five times out of the 407 meetings) always took part,
+and finally the vote was taken, and the suggested alteration
+either adopted or rejected.&nbsp; If adopted, due note was taken
+by the secretary, and, if it was thought a case for a margin, the
+competing reading was therein specified.&nbsp; If there was a
+plain difficulty at coming to a decision, and the passage was one
+of real importance, the decision was not uncommonly postponed to
+a subsequent meeting, and notice duly given to all the members of
+the Company.&nbsp; And so the great work went on to the end <!--
+page 68--><a name="page68"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+68</span>of the first revision; the members of the Company
+acquiring more and more knowledge and experience, and their
+decisions becoming more and more judicial and trustworthy.</p>
+<p>Few, I think, on reading this simple and truthful description,
+could fail to place some confidence in results thus patiently and
+laboriously arrived at.&nbsp; Few, I think, could forbear a smile
+when they call to mind the passionate vituperation which at first
+was lavished on the critical efforts of the Revisers of the text
+that bears the scarcely correct name of the <i>textus ab omnibus
+receptus</i>.</p>
+<p>But what I have specified was only the first part of our
+responsible work.&nbsp; By the memoranda of agreement between the
+English Companies and the American Committee, it had to be
+communicated to the American Company of the Revisers of the
+Authorised Version of the New Testament, among whom were some
+whose names were well and honorably known in connexion with
+textual criticism.&nbsp; Our work, with the American criticisms
+and suggestions, had then to undergo the second revision.&nbsp;
+The greater part of the decisions relating to the text that were
+arrived at in the first revision were accepted as final; but many
+were reopened at the <!-- page 69--><a name="page69"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 69</span>second revision, and the critical
+experience of the Company, necessarily improved as it had been by
+the first revision, finally tested by the two-thirds majority the
+reopened decisions which at the first revision had been carried
+by simple majorities.&nbsp; The results of this second revision
+were then, in accordance with the agreement, communicated to the
+American Company; but, in the sequel, as will be seen in the
+lists of the final differences between ourselves and the American
+Company, the critical differences were but few, and, so far as I
+can remember, of no serious importance.</p>
+<p>The critical labours of the Revisers did not however terminate
+with the second revision.&nbsp; The cases were many where the
+evidence for the readings either adopted or retained in the text
+was only slightly stronger than that of readings which were in
+competition with it.&nbsp; Of this it was obviously necessary
+that some final intimation should be given to the reader, as the
+subsequent discovery of additional evidence might be held by a
+competent critic to invalidate the right of the adopted reading
+to hold its place in the text.&nbsp; This intimation could only
+be given by a final marginal note, for which, as we know, by the
+arrangement of <!-- page 70--><a name="page70"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 70</span>the University Presses (see p. 66),
+our page was now available.</p>
+<p>These notes were objected to by one of our critics as quite
+unprecedented additions; but it will be remembered that there are
+such notes in the margin of the Authorised Version, though of
+course few in number (thirty-five, according to Dr. Scrivener),
+textual criticism in 1611 being only in its infancy.</p>
+<p>The necessity for the insertion of such notes was clearly
+shown in a pamphlet that appeared shortly after the publication
+of the Revised Version, and was written by two members of the
+Company.&nbsp; The three cases in which these notes appeared
+certainly to be required were thus stated by the two writers:
+&ldquo;First, when the text which seemed to underlie the
+Authorised Version was condemned by a decided preponderance of
+evidence, but yet was ancient in its character, and belonged to
+an early line of transmission.&nbsp; Secondly, when there were
+such clear tokens of corruption in the reading on which the
+Authorised Version was based, or such a consent of authority
+against it, that no one could seriously argue for its retention,
+but it was not equally clear which of the other competing
+readings had the best claim to occupy the <!-- page 71--><a
+name="page71"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 71</span>vacant
+place.&nbsp; In such a case there was not, in truth, decidedly
+preponderant evidence, except against the text of Beza, and some
+notice of this fact seemed to be required by critical
+equity.&nbsp; The third and last case was when the text which, as
+represented in the Authorised Version, was retained because the
+competing reading had not decidedly preponderant evidence (though
+the balance of evidence was in its favour), and so could not
+under the rule be admitted.&nbsp; In such a case again critical
+equity required a notice of the facts in the margin.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>This quotation, I may remark in passing, is not only useful in
+explaining when and where marginal notes were demonstrably
+needed, but also in showing how carefully such questions were
+considered, and how conscientiously the rules were observed under
+which our work was to be carried out.</p>
+<p>Such were the textual labours of the Company.&nbsp; They were
+based on, and were the results of, the critical knowledge that
+had been slowly acquired during the 115 years that separated the
+early suggestions of Bentley from the pioneer text of Lachmann in
+1831; and, in another generation, had become expanded and matured
+in the later texts of <!-- page 72--><a name="page72"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 72</span>Tischendorf, and still more so in the
+trustworthy and consistent text of our countryman
+Tregelles.&nbsp; The labours of these three editors were well
+known to the greater part of the Revisers and generally known to
+all; and it was on these labours, and on the critical methods
+adopted by these great editors, that our own text was principally
+formed.&nbsp; We of course owed much to the long labours of our
+two eminent colleagues, Dr. Westcott and Dr. Hort.&nbsp; Some of
+us know generally the principles on which they had based their
+yet unpublished text, and were to some extent aware of the manner
+in which they had grouped their critical authorities, and of the
+genealogical method, which, under their expansion of it, has
+secured for their text the widespread acceptance it has met with
+both at home and abroad.</p>
+<p>Of these things some of us had a competent knowledge, but the
+majority had no special knowledge of the genealogical
+method.&nbsp; They did know the facts on which it was
+based&mdash;the ascertained trustworthiness of the ancient
+authorities as compared with the later uncial, and the cursive
+manuscripts, the general characteristics of these ancient
+authorities, the alliances that were to be traced between <!--
+page 73--><a name="page73"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+73</span>some of them, and the countries with which they were
+particularly connected.&nbsp; This the majority knew generally as
+a part of the largely increased knowledge which the preceding
+forty or fifty years, and the labours of Lachmann, Tischendorf,
+and (so far as he had then published) Tregelles, had placed at
+the disposal of students of the Greek Testament.&nbsp; It was on
+this general knowledge, and not on any portions of a partly
+printed text, that the decisions of the Company were based; these
+decisions, however, by the very nature of the case and the use of
+common authorities, were constantly in accordance with the texts
+of Lachmann, Tischendorf, and Tregelles, and so with the
+subsequently printed text of Westcott and Hort.</p>
+<p>Such a text, thus independently formed, and yet thus in
+harmony with the results of the most tested critical researches
+of our times, has surely great claims on our unreserved
+acceptance, and does justify us in strongly pleading that a
+version of such a text, if faithfully executed, should, for the
+very truth&rsquo;s sake, be publicly read in our Churches.</p>
+<p>That the Revised Version has been faithfully executed, will I
+hope be shown fully <!-- page 74--><a name="page74"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 74</span>and clearly in the succeeding
+chapter.&nbsp; For the present my care has been to show that the
+text of which it is a version, and which I have called the
+Revisers&rsquo; Text because it underlies their revision, and, as
+such, has been published by the Oxford University Press, is in my
+judgement the best balanced text that has appeared in this
+country.&nbsp; I have mentioned with it (p. 63) the closely
+similar text of the well-known Professor Nestle, but as I have
+not gone through the laborious task of comparing the text, verse
+by verse, with that of the Revisers, I speak only in reference to
+our own country.&nbsp; I have compared the two texts in several
+crucial and important passages&mdash;such for example as St. John
+i. 18&mdash;and have found them identical.&nbsp; Bishop Westcott,
+I know, a short time before his lamented death, expressed to the
+Committee of the Bible Society his distinct approval of their
+adopting for future copies of the Society&rsquo;s Greek Testament
+Professor Nestle&rsquo;s text, as published by the
+W&uuml;rtemberg Bible Society.</p>
+<p>I have now, I trust, fairly shown the independence of the
+Revisers&rsquo; Text, and have, not without reason, complained of
+my friend Provost Salmon&rsquo;s estimate of its dependence <!--
+page 75--><a name="page75"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+75</span>on the text and earnestly exerted influence of Dr. Hort
+and Dr. Westcott.&nbsp; Of course, as I have shown, there is, and
+must be, much that is identical in the two texts; but, to fall
+back on statistics, there are, I believe, more than two hundred
+places in which the two texts differ, and in nearly all of
+them&mdash;if I may venture to express my own personal
+opinion&mdash;the reading of the Revisers&rsquo; Text is
+critically to be preferred.&nbsp; Most of these two hundred
+places seem to be precisely places in which the principles
+adopted by Westcott and Hort need some corrective
+modifications.&nbsp; Greatly as I reverence the unwearied
+patience, the exhaustive research, and the critical sagacity of
+these two eminent, and now lamented, members of our former
+Company, I yet cannot resist the conviction that Dr. Salmon in
+his interesting Criticism of the Text of the New Testament has
+successfully indicated three or more particulars which must cause
+some arrest in our final judgement on the text of Westcott and
+Hort.</p>
+<p>In the first case it cannot be denied that, in the
+introductory volume, Dr. Hort has shown too distinct a tendency
+to elevate probable hypotheses into the realm of established
+facts.&nbsp; Dr. Salmon specifies one, and that a very
+far-reaching <!-- page 76--><a name="page76"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 76</span>instance, in which, in the debatable
+question whether there really was an authoritative revision of
+the so-called Syrian text at about <span
+class="smcap">a.d.</span> 350, Dr. Hort speaks of this Syrian
+revision as a <i>vera causa</i>, as opposed to a hypothetical
+possibility.&nbsp; This tendency in a subject so complicated as
+that of textual criticism must be taken note of by the student,
+and must introduce some element of hesitation in the acceptance
+of confidently expressed decisions when the subject-matter may
+still be very plainly debatable.</p>
+<p>In the second place, in the really important matter of the
+nomenclature of the ancient types of text which, since the days
+of Griesbach, and to some extent before him, have been recognized
+by all critical scholars, it does not seem possible to accept the
+titles of the fourfold division of these families of manuscripts
+which have been adopted by Westcott and Hort.&nbsp; Griesbach, as
+is well known, adopted the terms Western, Alexandrian, and
+Constantinopolitan, for which there is much to be said.&nbsp;
+Westcott and Hort recognize four groups.&nbsp; To the first and
+considerably the largest they give the title of Syrian, answering
+to some extent to the Constantinopolitan of Griesbach; to the
+<!-- page 77--><a name="page77"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+77</span>second they continue the title of Western; to the third
+they give the title of Alexandrian, though of a numerically more
+restricted character than the Alexandrian of Griesbach; to the
+fourth, an exceedingly small group, apparently consisting of
+practically not more than two members, they give the title of
+Neutral, as being free alike from Syrian, Western, and
+Alexandrian characteristics.&nbsp; On this Neutral family or
+group Westcott and Hort lay the greatest critical stress, and in
+it they place the greatest reliance.&nbsp; Such is their
+distribution, and such the names they give to the families into
+which manuscripts are to be divided and grouped.</p>
+<p>The objections to this arrangement and to this nomenclature
+are, as Dr. Salmon very clearly shows, both reasonable and
+serious.&nbsp; In the first place, the title Syrian, though Dr.
+Salmon allows it to pass, is very misleading, especially to the
+student.&nbsp; It is liable to be confounded with the term
+Syriac, with which it has not and is not intended to have any
+special connexion, and it fails to convey the amplitude of the
+family it designates.&nbsp; If it is to be retained at all, it
+must be with the prefix suggested by Dr. Schaff&mdash;the group
+being styled as the Graeco-Syrian.&nbsp; But this <!-- page
+78--><a name="page78"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 78</span>is of
+slight moment when compared with the serious objections to the
+term Neutral, as this term certainly tends in practice to give to
+two manuscripts or even, in some cases, to one of them (the Codex
+Vaticanus), a preponderating supremacy which cannot be properly
+conceded when authorities of a high character are found to be
+ranged on the other side.&nbsp; There are also other grave
+objections which are convincingly put forward by Dr. Salmon in
+the chapter he has devoted to the subject of the nomenclature of
+the two editors.</p>
+<p>We shall be wise therefore if we cancel the term Neutral and
+use the term Older Alexandrian, as distinguished from the later
+Alexandrian, and so fall back on the threefold division of
+Alexandrian (earlier and later), Graeco-Syrian, and Western,
+though for this last-mentioned term a more expressive designation
+may perhaps hereafter be found.</p>
+<p>The third drawback to the unqualified acceptance of the text
+of Westcott and Hort is their continuous and studied disregard of
+Western authorities; and this, notwithstanding that among these
+authorities are included the singular and not unfrequently
+suggestive Codex Bezae&mdash;of which Dr. Blass has lately <!--
+page 79--><a name="page79"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+79</span>made so remarkable a use&mdash;the Old Latin Version,
+the Graeco-Latin manuscripts, and, to some extent, the Old Syriac
+Version, all of them authorities to which the designation of
+Western is commonly applied.&nbsp; To this grave drawback Dr.
+Salmon has devoted a chapter to which the attention of the
+student may very profitably be directed.&nbsp; Here I cannot
+enter into details, but of this I am persuaded, that if there
+should be any fresh discovery of textual authorities, it is by no
+means unlikely that they may be of a Western character, and if
+so, that many decisions in the text of Westcott and Hort will
+have to be modified by some editor of the future.&nbsp; At any
+rate, taking the critical evidence as now we find it, we cannot
+but feel that Dr. Salmon has made out his case, and that in the
+edition of which now we are speaking there has been an undue, and
+even a contemptuous, disregard of Western authorities.</p>
+<p>Here I must close this address, yet not without expressing the
+hope that I may have induced some of you, my Reverend Brethren,
+to look into these things for yourselves.&nbsp; Do not be
+deterred by the thought that to do so you must read widely and
+consult many <!-- page 80--><a name="page80"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 80</span>authorities.&nbsp; This is really not
+necessary for the acquiring of an intelligent interest in the
+text of the Greek Testament.&nbsp; With a good edition (with
+appended critical authorities), whether that of Tischendorf or of
+Tregelles, and with guidance such as that which you will find in
+the compendious <i>Companion to the Greek Testament</i> of Dr.
+Schaff, you will be able to begin, and when you have seriously
+begun, you will not be, I am persuaded, very likely to leave
+off.</p>
+<h2><!-- page 81--><a name="page81"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+81</span>ADDRESS IV<br />
+<span class="smcap">Nature of the Renderings</span></h2>
+<p>From the text we now turn to the renderings, and to the
+general principles that were followed, both in the Old and in the
+New Testament.&nbsp; The revision of the English text was in each
+case subject to the same general rule, viz. &ldquo;To introduce
+as few alterations as possible into the Text of the Authorised
+Version consistently with faithfulness&rdquo;; but, owing to the
+great difference between the two languages, the Hebrew and the
+Greek, the application of the rule was necessarily different, and
+the results not easily comparable the one with the other.</p>
+<p>It will be best then to consider the renderings in the two
+Testaments separately, and to form the best estimate we can of
+their character and of their subordination to the general rule,
+with due regard to the widely different nature of the structure
+and grammatical principles of the two languages through which
+<!-- page 82--><a name="page82"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+82</span>God has been pleased to reveal His truth to the children
+of men.</p>
+<p>I.&nbsp; We begin then with the Revised Version of the Old
+Testament, and naturally turn for general guidance to the Preface
+of those who were engaged in the long, diversified, and
+responsible work.&nbsp; Their general principles as to departures
+from the Authorised Version would appear to be included in the
+following clearly-specified particulars.&nbsp; They departed from
+the Authorised Version (<i>a</i>) where they did not agree with
+it as to the meaning or construction of a word or sentence;
+(<i>b</i>) where it was necessary, for the sake of uniformity, to
+render such parallel passages as were identical in Hebrew by the
+same English words; (<i>c</i>) where the English of the
+Authorised Version was liable to be misunderstood by reason of
+its being archaic or obscure; (<i>d</i>) where the rendering of
+an earlier English version seemed preferable; and (<i>e</i>)
+where, by an apparently slight change, it was possible to bring
+out more fully the meaning of a passage of which the translation
+was substantially accurate.</p>
+<p>These principles, which I have been careful to specify in the
+exact words of the Revisers, will appear to every impartial
+reader to be <!-- page 83--><a name="page83"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 83</span>fully in harmony with the principle
+of faithfulness; and will be found&mdash;if an outsider may
+presume to make a passing comment&mdash;to have been carried out
+with pervasive consistency and uniformity.</p>
+<p>The Revisers further notice certain particulars of which the
+general reader should take full note, so much of the random
+criticisms of the revised text (especially in the New Testament)
+having been due to a complete disregard in each case of the
+Preface, and of the reasons given for changes which long
+experience had shown to be both reasonable and necessary.</p>
+<p>The first particular is the important question of the
+rendering of the word &ldquo;<span
+class="smcap">Jehovah</span>.&rdquo;&nbsp; Here the Revisers have
+thought it advisable to follow the usage of the Authorised
+Version, and not to insert the word uniformly in place of
+&ldquo;<span class="smcap">Lord</span>&rdquo; or &ldquo;<span
+class="smcap">God</span>,&rdquo; which words when printed in
+small capitals represent the words substituted by Jewish custom
+for the ineffable Name according to the vowel points by which it
+is distinguished.&nbsp; To this usage the Revisers have steadily
+adhered with the exception of a very few passages in which the
+introduction of a proper name seemed to be required.&nbsp; In
+this grave matter, as we all probably know, the American Company
+has expressed its dissent <!-- page 84--><a
+name="page84"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 84</span>from the
+decision of the English Company, and has adopted the proper name
+wherever it occurs in the Hebrew text for &ldquo;the <span
+class="smcap">Lord</span>&rdquo; and &ldquo;<span
+class="smcap">God</span>.&rdquo;&nbsp; Most English readers will
+agree with our Revisers.&nbsp; It may indeed be said, now that we
+can read the American text continuously, that there certainly are
+many passages in which the proper name seems to come upon eye or
+ear with a serious and appropriate force; still the reverence
+with which we are accustomed to treat what the Revisers speak of
+as &ldquo;the ineffable Name&rdquo; will lead most of us to
+sacrifice the passages, where the blessed name may have an
+impressive force, to the reverential uniformity of our Authorised
+Version, and to the latent fear that frequent iteration might
+derogate from the solemnity with which we instinctively clothe
+the ever-blessed name of Almighty God.</p>
+<p>The next particular relates to terms of natural history.&nbsp;
+Here changes have only been made where it was certain that the
+Authorised Version was incorrect, and highly probable that the
+word substituted was right.&nbsp; Where doubt existed, the text
+was left unchanged, but the alternative word was placed in the
+margin.&nbsp; In regard of other terms, of which the old
+rendering was certainly wrong, <!-- page 85--><a
+name="page85"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 85</span>as in the
+case of the Hebrew term <i>Ash&ecirc;rah</i> (probably the wooden
+symbol of a goddess), the Revisers have used the word, whether in
+the singular or plural, as a proper name.&nbsp; In the case of
+the Hebrew term &ldquo;She&ocirc;l&rdquo; (corresponding to the
+Greek term &ldquo;Hades&rdquo;), variously rendered in the
+Authorised Version by the words &ldquo;grave,&rdquo;
+&ldquo;pit,&rdquo; and &ldquo;hell,&rdquo; the Revisers have
+adopted in the historical books the first or second words with a
+marginal note, &ldquo;Heb. <i>Sheol</i>,&rdquo; but in the
+poetical books they have reversed this arrangement.&nbsp; The
+American Revisers, on the contrary, specify that in all cases
+where the word occurs in the Hebrew text they place it unchanged
+in the English text, and without any margin.&nbsp; The case is a
+difficult one, but the English arrangement is to be preferred, as
+the reader would not so plainly need a preliminary
+explanation.</p>
+<p>The last case that it here seems necessary to allude to is the
+change everywhere of the words &ldquo;the tabernacle of the
+congregation&rdquo; into &ldquo;the tent of meeting,&rdquo; as
+the former words convey an entirely wrong sense.&nbsp; These and
+the use of several other terms are carefully noted and explained
+by the Revisers, and will, I hope, induce every careful reader of
+their revision to make it his duty to study their <!-- page
+86--><a name="page86"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+86</span>prefatory words.&nbsp; The almost unavoidable
+differences between them and the American Revisers, as to our own
+language, are alluded to by them in terms both friendly and wise,
+and may be considered fully to express the sentiments of the New
+Testament Company, by whom the subject is less precisely alluded
+to.</p>
+<p>In passing from the Preface to the great work which it
+introduces, I feel the greatest difficulty, as a member of a
+different Company, in making more than a few very general
+comments.&nbsp; In fact, I should scarcely have ventured to do
+even this, had I not met with a small but very instructive volume
+on the revision of the Authorised Version of the Old Testament
+written by one of the American Revisers, and published at New
+York some fifteen or sixteen years ago.&nbsp; The volume is
+entitled&mdash;perhaps with excusable brevity&mdash;<i>A
+Companion to the Revised Old Testament</i>.&nbsp; The writer was
+Rev. Dr. Talbot W. Chambers, of the Collegiate Reformed Dutch
+Church of New York, from whose preface I learn that he was the
+only pastor in the Company, the others being professors in
+theological seminaries, and representing seven different
+denominations and nine different institutions.&nbsp; The book is
+written with great modesty, and as far as <!-- page 87--><a
+name="page87"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 87</span>I can judge,
+with a good working knowledge of Hebrew.&nbsp; The writer
+disclaims in it the position of speaking in any degree for the
+Company of which he was a member, but mentions that his
+undertaking was approved of by his colleagues, and received the
+assistance, more or less, of all of them.&nbsp; He was a member
+of the Company during the last ten years of its labours.</p>
+<p>I can recommend this useful volume to any student of the Old
+Testament who is desirous to see a selected list of the changes
+made by the Revisers in the Pentateuch, Historical Books,
+Poetical Books, and Prophetical Books.&nbsp; These changes are
+given in four chapters, and in most cases are accompanied by
+explanatory comments, which from their tenor often seem to be
+reminiscences of corporate discussion.&nbsp; I mention these
+particulars as I am not aware of any similar book on the Old
+Testament written by any one of the English Company.&nbsp; If
+there is such a book, I do sincerely hope the writer will forgive
+me for not having been so fortunate as to meet with it.</p>
+<p>The remaining comments I shall venture to make on the
+rendering of the Old Testament will rest on the general knowledge
+I have acquired of this carefully-executed and conservative <!--
+page 88--><a name="page88"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+88</span>revision, and on some consideration of the many
+illustrations which Dr. Chambers has selected in his interesting
+manual.&nbsp; The impression that has long been left on my mind
+by the serious reading of the Old Testament in the Revised
+Version is that not nearly enough has been said of the value of
+the changes that have been made, and of the strong argument they
+furnish for the reading of the Revision in the public services of
+the Church.&nbsp; Let any serious person read the Book of Job
+with the two English versions in parallel columns, and form a
+sober opinion on the comparison&mdash;his judgement I am
+confident will be, that if the Revision of this Book be a fair
+sample of the Revision generally, our congregations have a just
+right to claim that the Revised Version of the Old Testament
+should be publicly read in their churches.&nbsp; Ours is a
+Bible-loving country, and the English Bible in its most correct
+form can never be rightly withheld from our public
+ministrations.</p>
+<p>I shall now close this portion of the present Address with a
+few comments on the four parts of the Revision to which I have
+already alluded&mdash;the Pentateuch, and the Historical,
+Poetical, and Prophetical Books of the Old Testament.</p>
+<p><!-- page 89--><a name="page89"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+89</span>What the careful reader of Genesis will not fail to
+observe is the number of passages in which comparatively small
+alterations give a new light to details of the sacred narrative
+which, in general reading, are commonly completely
+overlooked.&nbsp; A new colouring, so to speak, is given to the
+whole, and rectifications of prevailing conceptions not
+unfrequently introduced, either in the text or, as often happens,
+by means of the margin, where they could hardly have been
+anticipated.&nbsp; The prophecy of Jacob as to the future of his
+children (chap. xlix) will supply an instance.&nbsp; In the
+character of Reuben few of us would understand more than general
+unsteadiness and changefulness in purpose and in act, but a
+glance at the margin will show that impulse and excitability were
+plainly elements in his nature which led him into the grievous
+and hateful sin for which his father deposed him from the
+excellency of a first-born.</p>
+<p>What has been said of the Book of Genesis is equally
+applicable to the remainder of the Pentateuch.&nbsp; The object
+throughout is elucidation, not simply correction of errors but
+removal of obscurity, if not by changes introduced into the
+printed text, yet certainly always by the aid of the margin; as,
+for <!-- page 90--><a name="page90"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+90</span>example, in the somewhat difficult passage of Exodus
+xvii. 16, where really, it would seem, that the margin might
+rightly have had its place in the text.&nbsp; Sometimes the
+correction of what might seem trivial error, as in Exodus xxxiv.
+33, gives an intelligible view of the whole details of the
+circumstance specified.&nbsp; Moses put on the veil after he had
+ceased speaking with them.&nbsp; While he was speaking to them he
+was speaking as God&rsquo;s representative.&nbsp; In Numbers xi.
+25 the correction of a mistranslation removes what might
+otherwise lead to a very grave misconception, viz. that the gift
+of prophecy was continuous in the case of the whole
+elderhood.&nbsp; In the chapters relating to Balaam,
+independently of the alterations that are made in the language of
+his remarkable utterances, the mere fact of their being arranged
+rhythmically could not fail to cause the public reader, almost
+unconsciously, to change his tone of voice, and to make the
+reading of the prophecy more distinct and impressive.&nbsp; Among
+many useful changes in Deuteronomy one may certainly be noticed
+(chap. xx. 19), in which the obscure and difficult clause in
+regard of the tree in the neighbourhood of the besieged city is
+made at any rate intelligible.</p>
+<p><!-- page 91--><a name="page91"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+91</span>In the historical books attention may be particularly
+called to the Song of Deborah and Barak, in which there are
+several important and elucidatory corrections, and in which the
+rhythmic arrangement will be felt to bear force and
+impressiveness both to reader and to hearer.&nbsp; In the
+remaining Books changes will be found fewer in number and less
+striking; but occasionally, as for example in 1 Kings xx. 27, we
+come across changes that startle us by their unlooked-for
+character, but which, if correct, add a deeper degradation to the
+outpoured blood of Ahab in the pool of Samaria.</p>
+<p>Of the poetical Books, I have already alluded to the Book of
+Job and to the high character of the Revision.&nbsp; The changes
+in this noble poem are many, and were especially needed, for the
+rendering of the Book of Job has always been felt to be one of
+the weakest portions of the great work of the Revisers of
+1611.&nbsp; Illustrations I am unable to give, in a cursory
+notice like the present, but I may again press the
+Revisers&rsquo; version of this deeply interesting Book on the
+serious attention of every earnest student of the Old
+Testament.</p>
+<p>It is difficult to say much on the Revised Version of the Book
+of Psalms, as Coverdale&rsquo;s <!-- page 92--><a
+name="page92"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 92</span>Version, as
+we have it in our Prayer Book, so completely occupies the
+foreground of memory and devotional interest, that I fear
+comparatively few study the Bible Version or the careful and
+conservative work of the Revisers.&nbsp; This Revision, however,
+of the version of the Book of Psalms deserves more attention than
+it appears to have received.&nbsp; Not only will the faithful
+reader find in it the necessary corrections of the version of
+1611, but clear guidance as to the meaning of the sometimes
+utterly unintelligible renderings of the version of the Great
+Bible which still holds its place in our Prayer Books.&nbsp; To
+take two examples: let the reader look at the Authorised Version
+and Prayer Book Version of Psalm lxviii. 16, and of lxxxiv. 5, 6,
+and contrast with both the rendering of the Revised
+Version.&nbsp; This last-mentioned rendering will be found, as I
+have said, to correct the Authorised Version, and (especially in
+the second passage) to remove what is unintelligible in the
+Prayer Book version.&nbsp; It may thus be used by the Prayer Book
+reader of the Psalms as a ready and easily accessible means of
+arriving at the real meaning of the many ambiguities and
+obscurities which long familiarity with the Prayer Book Version
+has led him to pass over without <!-- page 93--><a
+name="page93"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 93</span>any
+particular notice.&nbsp; The revision of the Prayer Book Version
+has been long felt to be a very real necessity.&nbsp; To read and
+to hear read in the daily services of the Church what, in parts,
+cannot be understood can never be spiritually good for reader or
+hearer.&nbsp; And yet, such is the really devout conservatism of
+the bulk of our congregations, that though a careful revision,
+sympathetically executed, has been strongly urged by some of our
+most earnest scholars and divines, it is more than doubtful
+whether such a revision ever will be carried out.&nbsp; If this
+be so, it only remains for us so to encourage, in our schools and
+in our Bible classes, the efficient explanatory help of the
+Revised Version.&nbsp; If this is steadily done, nearly all that
+is at present obscure or unintelligible in the Prayer Book
+Version will no longer remain so to the greater part of our
+worshippers.</p>
+<p>Of the remaining Poetical Books the revision of the Authorised
+Version of the Song of Solomon must be specially noticed.&nbsp;
+In the common version the dramatic element is almost entirely
+lost, the paragraphs are imperfectly noted, and obscurities not a
+few the inevitable consequence.&nbsp; In a large degree these
+serious imperfections are removed, and <!-- page 94--><a
+name="page94"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 94</span>the whole
+tenor of this exquisite poem made clear to the general
+reader.&nbsp; The margin will show the great care bestowed on the
+poem by the Revisers; and the fewness and trifling nature of the
+changes maintained by the American Company will also show, in a
+confessedly difficult Book, the somewhat remarkable amount of the
+agreement between the two Companies.&nbsp; On the Prophetical
+Books I do not feel qualified to speak except in very general
+terms; and for illustrations must refer the reader to the large
+list of the corrected renderings, especially of the prophecy of
+Isaiah, in the useful work of Dr. Chambers, who has devoted at
+least eleven pages to the details of the Revisers&rsquo; work on
+the Evangelist of the Old Covenant.&nbsp; The impression which
+the consideration of these details leaves on the mind of the
+reader will be, I am confident, the same as that which is I
+believe felt by all professed Hebrew scholars who have examined
+the version, viz. that it is not only faithful and thorough, but
+often rises to a very high level of poetic utterance.&nbsp; Let
+any one read aloud in the Revised Version the well-known passage,
+chap. xiv. 12-23, already nobly rendered in the Old Version, and
+ask himself if the seemingly slight and trivial <!-- page 95--><a
+name="page95"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 95</span>changes have
+not maintained this splendid utterance at a uniform height of
+sustained and eloquent vigour.</p>
+<p>In the prophecies of Jeremiah and Ezekiel the changes are less
+striking and noticeable, not however from any diminished care in
+the work of revision, but from the tenor of the prophecies being
+less familiar to the general reader.&nbsp; Four pages of
+instructive illustrations are supplied by Dr. Chambers in the
+case of each of the two prophecies.&nbsp; The more noticeable
+changes in Daniel and Hosea are also specified by Dr. Chambers,
+but the remainder of the minor prophets, with perhaps the
+exception of Habakkuk, are passed over with but little
+illustrative notice.&nbsp; A very slight inspection however of
+these difficult prophecies will certainly show two
+things&mdash;first, that the Revisers of 1611 did their work in
+this portion of Holy Scripture less successfully than elsewhere;
+secondly, that the English and American Revisers&mdash;between
+whom the differences are here noticeably very few&mdash;laboured
+unitedly and successfully in keeping their revision of the
+preceding version of these prophecies fully up to the high level
+of the rest of their work.</p>
+<p>II.&nbsp; I now pass onward to the consideration <!-- page
+96--><a name="page96"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 96</span>of
+the renderings in the Revised Version of the New Testament.</p>
+<p>The object and purpose of the consideration will be exactly
+the same, as in the foregoing pages, to show the faithful
+thoroughness of the Revision, but the manner of showing this will
+be somewhat different to the method I have adopted in the
+foregoing portion of this Address.&nbsp; I shall not now bring
+before you examples of the faithful and suggestive accuracy of
+the revision, for to do this adequately would far exceed the
+limits of these Addresses; and further, if done would far fall
+short of the instructive volume of varied and admirably arranged
+illustrations written only four years ago by a member of the
+Company <a name="citation96"></a><a href="#footnote96"
+class="citation">[96]</a>, now, alas, no longer with us, of which
+I shall speak fully in my next Address.</p>
+<p>What I shall now do will be to show that the principles on
+which the version of the New Testament was based have been in no
+degree affected by the copious literature connected with the
+language of the Greek Testament and its historical position which
+has appeared since the Revision was completed.&nbsp; It is only
+quite lately that the Revisers have been represented as being
+insufficiently acquainted, <!-- page 97--><a
+name="page97"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 97</span>in several
+particulars, with the Greek of the New Testament, and in a word,
+being twenty years behind what is now known on the subject <a
+name="citation97"></a><a href="#footnote97"
+class="citation">[97]</a>.&nbsp; Such charges are easily made,
+and may at first sight seem very plausible, as the last fifteen
+or twenty years have brought with them an amount of research in
+the language of the Greek Testament which might be thought to
+antiquate some results of the Revision, and to affect to some
+extent the long labours of those who took part in it.&nbsp; The
+whole subject then must be fairly considered, especially in such
+an Address as the present, in which the object is to set forth
+the desirableness and rightfulness of using the version in the
+public services of the Church.</p>
+<p>But first a few preliminary comments must be made on the
+manner and principles in which the changes of rendering have been
+introduced into the venerable Version which was intrusted to us
+to be revised.</p>
+<p>The foremost principle to be alluded to is the one to which we
+adhered steadily and persistently during the whole ten years of
+our labour&mdash;the principle of faithfulness to the original
+language in which it pleased <!-- page 98--><a
+name="page98"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 98</span>Almighty God
+that His saving truth should be revealed to the children of
+men.&nbsp; As the lamented Bishop of Durham says most truly and
+forcibly in his instructive &ldquo;Lessons on the Revised Version
+of the New Testament <a name="citation98a"></a><a
+href="#footnote98a" class="citation">[98a]</a>;&rdquo;
+&ldquo;Faithfulness, the most candid and the most scrupulous, was
+the central aim of the Revisers <a name="citation98b"></a><a
+href="#footnote98b" class="citation">[98b]</a>.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Faithfulness, but to what?&nbsp; Certainly not to &ldquo;the
+sense and spirit of the original, &rdquo; as our
+critics contended must have been meant by the rule,&mdash;but to
+the original in its plain grammatical meaning as elicited by
+accurate interpretation.&nbsp; This I can confidently state was
+the intended meaning of the word when it appeared in the draft
+rule that was submitted to the Committee of Convocation.&nbsp; So
+it was understood by them; and so, I may add, it was understood
+by the Company, because I can clearly remember a very full
+discussion on the true meaning of the word at one of the early
+meetings of the Company.&nbsp; Some alteration had been proposed
+in the rendering of the Greek to which objection was made that it
+did not come under the rule and principle of faithfulness.&nbsp;
+This led to a general, and, as it proved, a final <!-- page
+99--><a name="page99"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+99</span>discussion.&nbsp; Bishop Lightfoot, I remember, took an
+earnest part in it.&nbsp; He contended that our revision must be
+a true and thorough one; that such a meeting as ours could not be
+assembled for many years to come, and that if the rendering was
+plainly more accurate and more true to the original, it ought not
+to be put aside as incompatible with some supposed aspect of the
+rule of faithfulness.&nbsp; Proposals were often set aside
+without the vote being taken, on the ground that it was not
+&ldquo;worth while&rdquo; to make them, and in a trivial matter
+to disturb recollection of a familiar text; but the non-voting
+resulted from the proposal being withdrawn owing to the mind of
+the Company being plainly against it, and not from any direct
+appeal to the principle of faithfulness.&nbsp; If the proposal
+was pressed, the vote of the Company was always taken, and the
+matter authoritatively settled.</p>
+<p>The contention, often very recklessly urged, that the Revisers
+deliberately violated the principles under which the work was
+committed to them is thus, to use the kindest form of expression,
+entirely erroneous.&nbsp; I have dwelt upon this matter because
+when properly understood it clears away more than half of the
+objections that have been urged <!-- page 100--><a
+name="page100"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 100</span>against our
+Revision.&nbsp; Of the remainder I cannot but agree with good
+Bishop Westcott that no criticism of the Revision&mdash;and the
+criticisms were of every form and kind &ldquo;pedantry,
+spiritless literality, irritating triviality, destroyed
+rhythm,&rdquo; and so forth&mdash;no criticism ever came upon us
+by surprise.&nbsp; The Revisers, as the Bishop truly says, heard
+in the Jerusalem Chamber all the arguments against their
+conclusions they have heard since; and he goes on to say that no
+restatement of old arguments had in the least degree shaken his
+confidence in the general results.&nbsp; Such words from one now,
+alas, no longer with us, but whose memory we cherish as one of
+the most wide-minded as well as truth-seeking of the biblical
+scholars of our own times, may well serve to reassure the
+partially hesitating reader of the Revised Version of its real
+trustworthiness and fidelity.&nbsp; But we must not confine our
+attention simply to the renderings that hold a place in the text
+of the Revised Version.&nbsp; We must take into our consideration
+a very instructive portion of the work of the Revisers which is,
+I fear, utterly neglected by the general reader&mdash;the
+alternative readings and renderings that hold a place in the
+margin, and <!-- page 101--><a name="page101"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 101</span>form an integral portion of the
+Revision.&nbsp; Though we are now more particularly considering
+the renderings, I include here the marginal readings, as the
+relation of the margins to the Version could hardly be fully
+specified without taking into consideration the margin in its
+entirety.&nbsp; As readers of the Preface to the New Testament
+(very few, I fear, to judge by current criticisms) will possibly
+remember, alternative readings and renderings were prohibited in
+the case of the Authorised Version, but, as we know, the
+prohibition was completely disregarded, some thirty-five notes
+referring to readings, and probably more than five hundred to
+alternative renderings.&nbsp; In the fundamental rules of
+Convocation for the Revision just the opposite course was
+prescribed, and, as we know, freely acted on.</p>
+<p>These alternative readings and renderings must be carefully
+considered, as in the case of renderings much light is often
+thrown on the true interpretation of the passage, especially in
+the more difficult portions of the New Testament.&nbsp; Their
+relation however to the actually accepted Version must not be
+exaggerated, either in reference to readings or renderings.&nbsp;
+I will make plain what I mean <!-- page 102--><a
+name="page102"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 102</span>by an
+example.&nbsp; Dr. Westcott specifies a reading of importance in
+John i. 18 where he states that the reading in the margin
+(&ldquo;God only begotten&rdquo;) did in point of fact express
+the opinion of the majority of the Company, but did not appear in
+the text of the Version because it failed to secure the
+two-thirds majority of those present at the final revision.&nbsp;
+This, perhaps, makes a little too much of an acceptance at a
+somewhat early period of the labours of the Company.&nbsp; So far
+as I remember the case, the somewhat startling alteration was
+accepted at the first revision (when the decision was to be by
+simple majorities), but a margin was granted, which of course
+continued up to the second revision.&nbsp; At that revision the
+then text and the then margin changed places.&nbsp; Dr. Hort, I
+am well aware, published an important pamphlet on the subject,
+but I have no remembrance that the first decision on the reading
+was alluded to, either at the second revision or afterwards, in
+any exceptional manner.&nbsp; It did but share the fate of
+numberless alterations at the first revision that were not
+finally confirmed.</p>
+<p>The American Revisers, it will be observed, agree as to the
+reading in question with their English brethren; and the same too
+is the <!-- page 103--><a name="page103"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 103</span>judgement of Professor Nestle in his
+carefully edited Greek Testament to which I have already
+referred.</p>
+<p>I have dwelt upon this particular case, because though I am
+especially desirous to encourage a far greater attention to the
+margin than it has hitherto received, I am equally desirous that
+the margin should not be elevated above its real position.&nbsp;
+That position is one of subordination to the version actually
+adopted, whether when maintaining the older form or changing
+it.&nbsp; It expresses the judgement of a legal, if not also of a
+numerical, minority, and, in the case of difficult passages (as
+in Rom. ix. 4), the judgement of groups which the Company, as a
+whole, deemed worthy of being recorded.&nbsp; But, not only
+should the margin thus be considered, but the readings and
+renderings preferred by the American Committee, which will often
+be found suggestive and helpful.&nbsp; These, as we know, are now
+incorporated in the American Standard Edition of the Revised
+Bible; and the result, I fear, will be that the hitherto familiar
+Appendix will disappear from the smaller English editions of the
+Revised Version of the Old and New Testament.&nbsp; It is perhaps
+inevitable, but it will be a real loss.&nbsp; All <!-- page
+104--><a name="page104"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 104</span>I
+can hope is that in some specified English editions of the Old
+and New Testament each Appendix will regularly be maintained, and
+that this token of the happy union of England and America in the
+blessed work of revising their common version of God&rsquo;s holy
+Word will thus be preserved to the end.</p>
+<p>But we must now pass onward to considerations very closely
+affecting the renderings of the Revised Version of the Greek
+Testament.</p>
+<p>I have already said that very recently a new and unexpected
+charge has been brought against the Revisers of the Authorised
+Version.&nbsp; And the charge is no less than this, that the
+Revisers were ignorant in several important particulars of the
+language from which the version was originally made that they
+were appointed to revise.</p>
+<p>Now in meeting a charge of this nature, in which we may
+certainly notice that want of considerate intelligence which
+marks much of the criticism that has been directed against our
+revision, it seems always best when dealing with a competent
+scholar who does not give in detail examples on which the
+criticism rests, to try and understand his point of view and the
+general reasons for his unfavourable pronouncement.&nbsp; And in
+this case I do not think <!-- page 105--><a
+name="page105"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 105</span>it
+difficult to perceive that the imputation of ignorance on the
+part of the Revisers has arisen from an exaggerated estimate of
+the additions to our knowledge of New Testament Greek which have
+accumulated during the twenty years that have passed away since
+the Revision was completed.&nbsp; If this be a correct, as it is
+certainly a charitable, estimate of the circumstances under which
+ignorance has been imputed to us in respect of several matters
+relating to the Greek on which we were engaged, let us now leave
+our critics, and deal with these reasonable questions.&nbsp;
+First, what was the general knowledge, on the part of the
+Revisers, of the character and peculiarities of New Testament
+Greek?&nbsp; Secondly, what is the amount of the knowledge
+relative to New Testament Greek that has been acquired since the
+publication of the revision? and thirdly, to what extent does
+this recently acquired knowledge affect the correctness and
+fidelity of the renderings that have been adopted by the
+Revisers?&nbsp; If these three questions are plainly answered we
+shall have dealt fully and fairly with the doubts that have been
+expressed or implied as to the correctness of the revision.</p>
+<p>First, then, as to the general knowledge <!-- page 106--><a
+name="page106"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 106</span>which the
+revisers had of the character and peculiarities of the Greek of
+the New Testament.</p>
+<p>This question could not perhaps be more fairly and correctly
+dealt with than by Bishop Westcott in the opening words of his
+chapter on Exactness in Grammatical Detail, in the valuable work
+to which I have already referred.&nbsp; What he states probably
+expresses very exactly the general view taken by the great
+majority, if not by all, of the Revisers in regard of the Greek
+of the New Testament.&nbsp; What the Bishop says of the language
+is this: &ldquo;that it is marked by unique
+characteristics.&nbsp; It is separated very clearly, both in
+general vocabulary and in construction, from the language of the
+LXX, the Greek Version of the Old Testament, which was its
+preparation, and from the Greek of the Fathers which was its
+development <a name="citation106"></a><a href="#footnote106"
+class="citation">[106]</a>.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>If we accept this as a correct statement of the general
+knowledge of the Revisers as to the language of the Greek
+Testament, we naturally ask further, on what did they rely for
+the correct interpretation of it.&nbsp; The answer can readily be
+given, and it is this: Besides their general knowledge of Greek
+which, in <!-- page 107--><a name="page107"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 107</span>the case of the large majority, was
+very great, their knowledge of New Testament Greek was distinctly
+influenced by the grammatical views of Professor Winer, of whose
+valuable grammar of the Greek Testament one of our Company, as I
+have mentioned in my first Address, had been a well-known and
+successful translator.&nbsp; Though his name was not very
+frequently brought up in our discussions, the influence his
+grammar exerted among us, directly and indirectly, was certainly
+great; but it went no further than grammatical details.&nbsp; His
+obvious gravitation to the idea of New Testament Greek forming a
+sort of separate department of its own probably never was shared,
+to any perceptible extent, by any one of us.&nbsp; We did not
+enter very far into these matters.&nbsp; We knew by every
+day&rsquo;s working experience that New Testament Greek differed
+to some extent from the Greek to which we had been accustomed,
+and from the Septuagint Greek to which from time to time we
+referred.&nbsp; But further than this we did not go, nor care to
+go.&nbsp; We had quite enough on our hands.&nbsp; We had a very
+difficult task to perform, we had to revise under prescribed
+conditions a version which needed revision almost in every verse,
+and we had no time to <!-- page 108--><a name="page108"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 108</span>enter into questions that did not
+then appear to bear directly on our engrossing and responsible
+work.</p>
+<p>But now it must be distinctly admitted that recent
+investigation and, to a certain extent, recent discoveries have
+cast so much new light on New Testament Greek that it becomes a
+positive duty to take into consideration what has been disclosed
+to us by the labours of the last fifteen years as to New
+Testament Greek, and then fairly to face the question whether the
+particular labours of the Revisers have been seriously affected
+by it.&nbsp; Let us bear in mind, however, that it may be quite
+possible that a largely increased knowledge of the position which
+what used to be called Biblical Greek now occupies may be clearly
+recognized, and yet only comparatively few changes necessitated
+by it in syntactic details and renderings.&nbsp; But let us not
+anticipate.&nbsp; What we have now to do is to ascertain the
+nature and amount of the disclosures and new knowledge to which I
+have alluded.</p>
+<p>This may be briefly stated as emanating from a very large
+amount of recent literature on post-classical Greek, and from a
+careful and scientific investigation of the transition from the
+earlier post-classical to the later, <!-- page 109--><a
+name="page109"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 109</span>and thence
+to the modern Greek of the present time.&nbsp; Such an
+investigation, illustrated as it has been by the voluminous
+collection of the Inscriptions, and the already large and growing
+collection of the Papyri, has thrown indirectly considerable
+light on New Testament Greek, and has also called out three
+works, each of a very important character, and posterior to the
+completion of the Revision, which deal directly with the Greek of
+the New Testament.&nbsp; These three works I will now
+specify.</p>
+<p>The first, which is still in progress, and has not, I think,
+yet received a translator, is the singularly accurate, and in
+parts corrective, edition of Winer&rsquo;s &ldquo;Grammar&rdquo;
+by Prof. Schmiedel.&nbsp; The portion on the article is generally
+recognized as of great value and importance.</p>
+<p>The second work is the now well-translated &ldquo;Bible
+Studies&rdquo; of Dr. Deissmann of Heidelberg <a
+name="citation109"></a><a href="#footnote109"
+class="citation">[109]</a>.&nbsp; This remarkable work, of which
+the full title is &ldquo;Contributions, chiefly from Papyri and
+Inscriptions, to the History of the Language, the Literature, and
+the Religion of Hellenistic Judaism, and Primitive
+Christianity,&rdquo; <!-- page 110--><a name="page110"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 110</span>contains not only a clear estimate
+of the nature of New Testament Greek, but also a large and
+instructive vocabulary of about 160 words and expressions in the
+New Testament, most of which receive in varying degrees
+illustration from the Papyri, and other approximately
+contemporary sources.&nbsp; It must be noted, however, that the
+writer himself specifies that his investigations &ldquo;have
+been, in part, arranged on a plan which is polemical <a
+name="citation110a"></a><a href="#footnote110a"
+class="citation">[110a]</a>.&rdquo;&nbsp; This avowal must, to
+some extent, affect our full acceptance of all the results
+arrived at in this striking and laborious work.</p>
+<p>The third work is a &ldquo;Grammar of New Testament
+Greek&rdquo; by the well-known and distinguished scholar, Dr.
+Blass, and is deserving of the fullest attention from every
+earnest student of the Greek Testament.&nbsp; It has been
+excellently translated by Mr. St. John Thackeray, of the
+Education Department <a name="citation110b"></a><a
+href="#footnote110b" class="citation">[110b]</a>.&nbsp; It is
+really hardly possible to speak too highly of this helpful and
+valuable work.&nbsp; Its value consists in this&mdash;that it has
+been written, on the one hand, by an accomplished classical
+scholar, and, on the other hand, by one who is thoroughly
+acquainted with the investigations of the last fifteen <!-- page
+111--><a name="page111"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+111</span>years.&nbsp; As his Introduction clearly shows, he
+fully accepts the estimate that is now generally entertained of
+the Greek of the New Testament, viz. that it is no isolated
+production, as regards language, that had no historic relation to
+the Greek of the past or of the future.&nbsp; It was not, to any
+great extent, derived from the Greek <i>translations</i> of the
+Old Testament&mdash;often, as Dr. Blass says, slavishly
+literal&mdash;nor from the literary language of the time, but was
+the spoken Greek of the age to which it belonged, modified by the
+position and education of the speaker, and also to some extent,
+though by no means to any large extent, by the Semitic element
+which, from time to time, discloses itself in the language of the
+inspired writers.&nbsp; This last-written epithet, which I
+wittingly introduce, must not be lost sight of by the Christian
+student.</p>
+<p>Dr. Blass quite admits that the language of the Greek
+Testament may be rightly treated in connexion with the
+discoveries in Egypt furnished by the Papyri; but he has also
+properly maintained elsewhere <a name="citation111"></a><a
+href="#footnote111" class="citation">[111]</a> that the books of
+the New Testament form a special group <i>to be primarily
+explained by itself</i>.&nbsp; Greatly <!-- page 112--><a
+name="page112"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 112</span>as we are
+indebted to Dr. Deissmann for his illustrations, especially in
+regard of vocabulary, we must read with serious caution, and
+watch all attempts to make Inscriptions or Papyri do the work of
+an interpretation of the inner meaning of God&rsquo;s Holy Word
+which belongs to another realm, and to the self-explanations
+which are vouchsafed to us in the reverent study of the
+Book&mdash;not of Humanity (as Deissmann speaks of the New
+Testament) <a name="citation112"></a><a href="#footnote112"
+class="citation">[112]</a> but of&mdash;Life.</p>
+<p>I have now probably dealt sufficiently with the second of the
+three questions which I have put forward for our
+consideration.&nbsp; I have stated the general substance of the
+knowledge which has been permitted to come to us since the
+revision was completed.&nbsp; I now pass onward to the third and
+most difficult question equitably to answer, &ldquo;To what
+extent does this newly-acquired knowledge affect the correctness
+and fidelity of the revision of the Authorised Version of the New
+Testament?&rdquo;&nbsp; It is easy enough to speak of
+&ldquo;ignorance&rdquo; on the part of the Revisers, especially
+after what I have specified in the answer to the question on
+which we have just been meditating; but <!-- page 113--><a
+name="page113"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 113</span>the real
+and practical question is this, &ldquo;If the Revisers had all
+this knowledge when they were engaged on their work, would it
+have materially affected their revision?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>To this more limited form of the question I feel no difficulty
+in replying, that I am fully and firmly persuaded that it would
+<i>not</i> have materially affected the revision; and my grounds
+for returning this answer depend on these two considerations:
+first, that the full knowledge which some of us had of
+Winer&rsquo;s Grammar, and the general knowledge that was
+possessed of it by the majority, certainly enabled us to realize
+that the Greek on which we were engaged, while retaining very
+many elements of what was classical, had in it also not only many
+signs of post-classical Greek, but even of usages which we now
+know belong to later developments.&nbsp; These later
+developments, all of which are, to some extent, to be recognized
+in the Greek Testament, such as the disappearance of the
+optative, the use of &#943;&nu;&alpha; with the subjunctive in
+the place of the infinitive, the displacement of
+&mu;&epsilon;&tau;&#940; by &sigma;&upsilon;&nu;, the interchange
+of &epsilon;&iota;&sigmaf; and &epsilon;&nu;, of
+&pi;&epsilon;&rho;&#943; and &upsilon;&pi;&#941;&rho;, the use of
+compound forms without any corresponding increase of meaning, the
+extended usage of the aorist, the wider sphere <!-- page 114--><a
+name="page114"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 114</span>of the
+accusative, and many similar indications of later Greek&mdash;all
+these were so far known to us as to exercise a cautionary
+influence on our revision, and to prevent us overpressing the
+meaning of words and forms that had lost their original
+definiteness.</p>
+<p>My second reason for the answer I have given to the question
+is based on the accumulating experience we were acquiring in our
+ten years of labour, and our instinctive avoidance of renderings
+which in appearance might be precise, but did in reality
+exaggerate the plain meaning intended by the Greek that we were
+rendering.&nbsp; Sometimes, but only rarely, we fell into this
+excusable form of over-rendering.&nbsp; Perhaps the concluding
+words of Mark xiv. 65 will supply an example.&nbsp; At any rate,
+the view taken by Blass <a name="citation114"></a><a
+href="#footnote114" class="citation">[114]</a> would seem to
+suggest a less literal form of translation.</p>
+<p>When I leave the limited form of answer, and face the broad
+and general question of the extent to which our recently-acquired
+knowledge affects the correctness and fidelity of the revision, I
+can only give an answer founded on an examination of numerous
+passages in which I have compared the comments of Dr. Blass in
+his Grammar, and <!-- page 115--><a name="page115"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 115</span>of Dr. Deissmann in his &ldquo;Bible
+Studies with the renderings of the Revisers.&rdquo;&nbsp; And the
+answer is this, that the number of cases in which any change
+could reasonably be required has been so small, so very small,
+that the charge of any real ignorance, on the part of the
+Revisers, of the Greek on which they were engaged, must be
+dismissed as utterly and entirely exaggerated.&nbsp; We have now
+acquired an increased knowledge of the character of the Greek of
+the New Testament, and of the place it holds in the historical
+transition of the language from the earlier post-classical to the
+later developments of the language, but this knowledge,
+interesting and instructive as it may be, leaves the principles
+of correctly translating it practically intact.&nbsp; In this
+latter process we must deal with the language of the Greek
+Testament as we would deal with the language of any other Greek
+book, and make the book, as far as we have the means of doing so,
+its own interpreter.</p>
+<p>Having thus shown in broad and general terms, as far as I have
+been able to do so, that we may still, notwithstanding the twenty
+years that have passed away, regard the Revised Version of the
+Greek Testament as <!-- page 116--><a name="page116"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 116</span>a faithfully executed revision, and
+its renderings such as may be accepted with full Christian
+confidence, I now turn to the easier, but not less necessary,
+duty of bringing before you some considerations why this Version
+and, with it, the Revised Version of the Old Testament, should be
+regularly used in the public services of our Mother Church.</p>
+<h2><!-- page 117--><a name="page117"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 117</span>ADDRESS V.<br />
+<span class="smcap">Public use of the Version</span>.</h2>
+<p>We have now traced the external, and to some extent the
+internal history of Revision from the time, some fifty years ago,
+when it began to occupy the thoughts of scholars and divines,
+down to the present day.</p>
+<p>We have seen the steady advance in Church opinion as to its
+necessity; its earliest manifestations, and the silent progress
+from what was tentative and provisional to authoritative
+recognition, and to carefully formulated procedures under the
+high and venerable sanction of the two Houses of the Convocation
+of Canterbury.&nbsp; We have further seen how the movement
+extended to America, and how some of the best scholars and
+divines of that Christian country co-operated with those of our
+own country in the arduous and responsible work of revising their
+common heritage, the Version of God&rsquo;s most Holy Word, as
+set forth by authority 290 years ago.&nbsp; We have noted <!--
+page 118--><a name="page118"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+118</span>too, that in this work not less than one hundred
+scholars and divines were engaged&mdash;for fourteen years in the
+case of the Old Testament, and for ten years in the case of the
+New Testament&mdash;and that this long period of labour and study
+was marked by regularly appointed and faithfully kept times of
+meeting, and by the interchange with the Revisers on the other
+side of the Atlantic of successive portions of the work, until
+the whole was completed.</p>
+<p>And this Revision, as we have seen, has included a full
+consideration of the text of the original languages as well as of
+the renderings.&nbsp; In the Old Testament, adherence to the
+Massorite Text has left only a very limited number of passages in
+which consideration of the ancient Version was deemed to be
+necessary; but, in the New Testament, as we well know, questions
+of textual criticism occupied a large portion of the time and
+attention of the Revisers, both here and in America.&nbsp; In
+regard of the renderings, we have seen the care and thoroughness
+with which the Revision was carried out, the marginal notes in
+both Testaments showing convincingly, especially on the more
+difficult passages, how every rendering that could be regarded as
+in any degree probable received its full share of <!-- page
+119--><a name="page119"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+119</span>consideration.&nbsp; Finally, it must not be forgotten
+that, in the case of the New Testament, the serious question
+whether the research in New Testament Greek since the Revision
+was completed has, to any appreciable extent, affected the
+suggestive light and truth of really innumerable corrections and
+changes&mdash;this too has been faced, and the charge fairly met,
+that just conclusions drawn from the true nature of the Greek,
+gravely affecting interpretation, have been ignored by the
+Revisers.</p>
+<p>So much of the latter part of the last Address has been taken
+up with this necessary duty of showing that the changes in
+renderings cannot be invalidated by <i>a priori</i>
+considerations founded on the alleged insufficient knowledge, on
+the part of the Revisers, of the nature of the Greek they were
+translating, that I have not cited examples of the light-giving
+and often serious nature of the changes made in the Authorised
+Version.&nbsp; This I regretted at the time; but a little
+consideration showed me that it was much better for the cause in
+which I am engaged that I should refer you for illustrations of
+the nature and value of the renderings in the Revised Version of
+the New Testament to <!-- page 120--><a name="page120"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 120</span>a singularly fruitful and helpful
+volume, published only four years ago, and so subsequently to the
+researches in New Testament Greek of which I have spoken.&nbsp;
+This volume was written by a member of our Company&mdash;now,
+alas, no longer with us&mdash;whose knowledge of the Greek
+language, whether of earlier or of later date, no one could
+possibly doubt.&nbsp; I allude to the &ldquo;Lessons of the
+Revised Version of the New Testament,&rdquo; by Dr. Westcott, a
+volume that has not yet received the full attention which its
+remarkable merits abundantly claim, for it.</p>
+<p>Of this volume I shall speak more fully later on in this
+Address, my object now being to set forth the desirableness, I
+might even say the duty, of using the Revised Version in the
+Public Services of the Church.</p>
+<p>After the summary I have just given of the external history of
+this great movement, does not the question come home to us, Why
+has all this been done?&nbsp; For what have the hundred labourers
+in the great work freely given their time and their energies
+during the four and twenty years (speaking collectively) that
+were spent on the work?&nbsp; For what did the venerable
+Convocation of our Province give the weight of its sanction and
+authority <!-- page 121--><a name="page121"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 121</span>when it drew up the fundamental
+rules in accordance with which all has been done?&nbsp; Can there
+be any other answer than this?&nbsp; All has been done to bring
+the truth of God&rsquo;s most Holy Word more faithfully and more
+freshly home to the hearts and consciences of our
+English-speaking people.&nbsp; And if this be so, how are
+ministers of this Holy Word to answer the further question, When
+we are met together in the House of God to hear His word and His
+message of salvation to mankind, how hear we it?&nbsp; In the
+traditional form in which it has been heard for wellnigh three
+hundred years, or in a form on which, to ensure faithfulness and
+accuracy, such labour has been bestowed as that which we are now
+considering?&nbsp; It seems impossible to hesitate as to our
+answer.&nbsp; And yet numbers do hesitate; and partly from
+indifference, partly from a vague fear of disquieting a
+congregation, partly, and probably chiefly, from a sense of
+difficulty as to the rightful mode of introducing the change, the
+old Version is still read, albeit with an uneasy feeling on the
+part of the public reader; the uneasy feeling being this, that
+errors in regard of Holy Scripture ought not to remain
+uncorrected nor obscurities left to cloud the meaning of <!--
+page 122--><a name="page122"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+122</span>God&rsquo;s Word when there is a current Version from
+which errors are removed, and in which obscurities are
+dissipated.&nbsp; Why should not such a Version be read in the
+ears of our people?</p>
+<p>This is the question which I am confident many a one of you,
+my dear friends, when you have been reading in your
+church&mdash;say the Epistles&mdash;have often felt very
+distinctly come home to you.&nbsp; Why should such a Version not
+be read in the ears of our people?&nbsp; Has it been
+forbidden?&nbsp; No, thank God; full liberty, on the contrary,
+has been left to us by the living voice of the synod of this
+Province that it may be read, subject to one reasonable
+limitation.&nbsp; Was it not the unanimous judgement of the Upper
+House of the Convocation of our Province, confirmed by the voice
+of the Lower House <a name="citation122"></a><a
+href="#footnote122" class="citation">[122]</a>&mdash;&ldquo;That
+the use of the Revised Version of the Bible at the lectern in the
+public services of the Church, where this is desired by clergy
+and people, is not open to any well-founded objection, and will
+tend to promote a more intelligent knowledge of Holy
+Scripture&rdquo;?&nbsp; And further, was not this adopted by the
+Lay House of our Province, <!-- page 123--><a
+name="page123"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 123</span>even when a
+few doubting voices were heard <a name="citation123"></a><a
+href="#footnote123" class="citation">[123]</a>, and an
+interpretation given to the word &ldquo;use,&rdquo; in the form
+of a rider, which, I can confidently say, never entered into the
+minds or thoughts of the members of the Upper House?&nbsp;
+Indeed, though I do not wish to criticise the decision of the
+House of Laymen, their appended words of interpretation fall to
+the ground.&nbsp; If &ldquo;use&rdquo; is to mean
+&ldquo;occasional employment of Lessons from the Revised Version,
+where, in the interest of more accurate translation, it is
+desirable,&rdquo; can any Lessons be found where the interest of
+more accurate translation is not patently concerned?&nbsp; If
+this be so, what meaning can we assign to &ldquo;occasional
+employment&rdquo;?</p>
+<p>We see then plainly, if we are to be guided by the judgement
+of the venerable body to whom the authoritative inception of
+Revision is alone to be assigned, that the way to its use in the
+Public Services of the Church is open to us all&mdash;<i>where
+such use is desired by clergy and people</i>.&nbsp; Now let us
+take these words seriously into our consideration.&nbsp; They
+clearly mean, however good the Version may be, that there is to
+be no sudden and precipitate use of the Revised Version in the
+<!-- page 124--><a name="page124"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+124</span>appointed Lessons for the day on the part of the
+minister of any of our parishes.&nbsp; If introduced, its
+introduction must not be simply when it is desired by the
+clergyman, but when it is also desired by his people.&nbsp; So
+great a change as the displacement of the old and familiar
+Authorised Version&mdash;for it amounts to this&mdash;in the
+public reading of Holy Scripture in the Services of the Church,
+in favour of an altered form of the old Version (though
+confessedly so altered that the general hearer would hardly ever
+recognize the displacement)&mdash;so great a change ought not to
+be made without the knowledge, and further, the desire of the
+congregation.</p>
+<p>But how is the desire for the change to be ascertained?&nbsp;
+So far as I can see, there can be only one real and rightful way
+of bringing about the desire and the manifestation of it, and
+that is by first of all showing simply and plainly how,
+especially in the New Testament, the alterations give life,
+colouring and reality to the narratives of Evangelists, force and
+lucidity to the reasonings of Apostles, and, what is of still
+more vital importance, deeper insight into our relations to our
+saving Lord, clearer knowledge of His blessed life and work here
+on earth, and quickened perceptions <!-- page 125--><a
+name="page125"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 125</span>of our
+present and our future, and, to a very real extent, of the holy
+mysteries of the life of the world to come.&nbsp; When changes of
+text and of renderings are shown, and they can be shown, to bear
+with them these fuller revelations of God&rsquo;s Holy Word,
+there will be no lack of desire, and of the manifestation of it,
+in any congregation, for the public use of a Version through
+which such disclosures as I have specified can be brought home to
+the truth-seeking believer.</p>
+<p>My fixed opinion therefore is this, that though, after a long
+and careful consideration of the subject, I do sincerely desire
+that the Revised Version should be introduced into the churches
+of this diocese, I do also sincerely desire that it should not be
+introduced without a due preparation of the congregation for the
+change, and some manifestation of their desire for the
+change.&nbsp; There will probably be a few churches in our
+diocese in which the Revised Version is used already, and in
+regard of them nothing more will be necessary than, from time to
+time, in occasional addresses, to allude to any important changes
+that may have appeared in the Lessons and recent readings of Holy
+Scripture, and thus to keep alive the thoughtful study of that
+which will be more and more <!-- page 126--><a
+name="page126"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 126</span>felt to be,
+in the truest sense of the words, the Book of Life.&nbsp; But, in
+the great majority of our churches&mdash;though in many cases
+there may have been passing desires to read and to hear
+God&rsquo;s Word in its most truthful form&mdash;no forward steps
+will have been taken.&nbsp; It is in reference then to this great
+majority of cases that I have broken my long silence, and, before
+my ministry closes, have resolved to bring before you the whole
+history of the greatest spiritual movement that has taken place
+since the Reformation; and also to indicate the untold blessings
+the Revision will bear to those who avail themselves of it in all
+reverent earnestness and devotion.</p>
+<p>Thus far I hope I have made it plain that any forward steps
+that may be taken can only hopefully be taken when, both in the
+case of pastor and people, due preparation shall have been made
+for what, in the sequel, will be found to be an enduring
+spiritual change in the relation of the soul of the devout hearer
+or reader to the Book of Life.&nbsp; He will learn not only
+faithfully to read the inspired Word, but inwardly to love
+it.</p>
+<p>But what shall we regard as due preparation in the case of
+pastor and people?&nbsp; This question, I can well believe, has
+already risen <!-- page 127--><a name="page127"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 127</span>in the hearts of many who are now
+hearing these words, and to the best answer to it that I am able
+to give you I will gladly devote the remainder of this present
+Address.&nbsp; Let us first consider how any one of you really
+and truly desirous to prepare his congregation for the hearing of
+God&rsquo;s Word in the form known as the Revised
+Version&mdash;how such a one should prepare himself for the
+responsible duty.&nbsp; Prayer for himself and his congregation
+in this great spiritual matter should ever be his first
+preparation.&nbsp; After this his next care should be to provide
+himself with such books as will be indispensable for faithful
+preparation.&nbsp; First and foremost, let him provide himself
+with a copy of what is called the Parallel Bible, the Authorised
+Version being on the left-hand side of the page, and the Revised
+Version on the right.&nbsp; Next let it be his duty to read
+closely and carefully the Preface to the Old Testament and the
+Preface to the New Testament.&nbsp; Had this been done years ago,
+how much of unfair criticism should we all have been
+spared?&nbsp; The next step will be to obtain some competent
+guide-book to explain the meaning of the different changes of
+rendering, the alterations due to readings having been separately
+noted.&nbsp; The guide-book, <!-- page 128--><a
+name="page128"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 128</span>whether in
+the case of the Old or of the New Testament, should, in my
+judgement, be a volume written by a Reviser, as he would have a
+knowledge, far beyond what could be obtained by an outsider, of
+the reasons for many of the departures from the Authorised
+Version.</p>
+<p>In regard of the Old Testament I have said in my last Address
+that I do not myself know of any guide-book, written by a
+Reviser, save the interesting volume by Dr. Talbot Chambers, to
+which I have been indebted for much that, being a member of
+another Company, I could not have brought forward without his
+assistance.&nbsp; In regard of the New Testament, however, it is
+otherwise.&nbsp; There is a useful volume by my old friend and
+former colleague the late Prebendary Humphry; but the volume
+which I most earnestly desire to name is the volume already
+mentioned, and entitled &ldquo;Some Lessons of the Revised
+Version of the New Testament,&rdquo; by the late Bishop of
+Durham.&nbsp; This book is simply indispensable for any one
+desirous of preparing himself for the duty of introducing the
+Revised Version of the New Testament into the Public Services of
+his parish.&nbsp; It is one of those rare and remarkable books
+that not only give the <!-- page 129--><a
+name="page129"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 129</span>needed
+explanation, but also cast a light on the whole spiritual results
+of the change, and constantly awaken in the reader some portion
+of the enthusiasm with which the Bishop records changes that many
+an earnest and devout reader might think belonged only to the
+details of grammatical accuracy.&nbsp; I thus cannot forbear
+quoting a few lines in which the Bishop, after alluding to the
+change in Matt. xxviii. 19, <i>into</i> (not <i>in</i>) <i>the
+name of the Father and of the Holy Ghost</i>, and the change in
+Rom. vi. 23, <i>eternal life in</i> (not <i>through</i>)
+<i>Christ Jesus our Lord</i>, thus speaks from his inmost soul:
+&ldquo;Am I wrong in saying that he who has mastered the meaning
+of those two prepositions now truly
+rendered&mdash;&lsquo;<i>into</i> the name,&rsquo;
+&lsquo;<i>in</i> Christ&rsquo;&mdash;has found the central truth
+of Christianity?&nbsp; Certainly I would gladly have given the
+ten years of my life spent on the Revision to bring only these
+two phrases of the New Testament to the heart of
+Englishmen.&rdquo;&nbsp; Is it too much to say that a volume
+written by a guide such as this is simply indispensable for any
+one who prepares himself for introducing to his people&mdash;the
+government of whose souls has been committed to him&mdash;the
+Revised Version of the New Testament of our Lord and Master Jesus
+Christ.</p>
+<p><!-- page 130--><a name="page130"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+130</span>With the help that I have specified any one of you, my
+dear friends, might adequately prepare himself for the duty and
+responsibility of taking the next step, the preparation of his
+congregation for hearing the Word of God in the form that most
+nearly approaches in our own language what prophets, evangelists,
+and apostles have written for our learning under the inspiration
+of God.&nbsp; This preparation may be carried on in many forms,
+by pastoral visitations, through our Bible classes, through the
+efforts of our mission preachers in the holy seasons, but
+obviously most hopefully and persuasively by the living voice of
+the faithful pastor in his public ministrations in the pulpit of
+his church.&nbsp; Parishes differ so much in spiritual culture
+that probably no method of preparation could be specified that
+would be equally applicable to all.&nbsp; Still in the case of
+our country parishes I am persuaded our preparation must come
+from the pulpit and in a manner carefully thought out and
+prearranged.&nbsp; Let me give some indication of a mode of
+bringing the subject forward in a country parish that would call
+out the desire for the regular use of the Revised Version in the
+reading of the Lessons for the day.</p>
+<p><!-- page 131--><a name="page131"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+131</span>Let us suppose a month set apart for the
+preparation.&nbsp; On the first Sunday let an account be given of
+the circumstances, and especially the authority under which the
+Revision came into existence.&nbsp; On the second Sunday let
+illustrations be given of the nature of the Revision from those
+parts in Bishop Westcott&rsquo;s &ldquo;Lessons of the Revised
+Version of the New Testament&rdquo; which made the deepest
+impression during the study of that suggestive and spiritual
+volume.&nbsp; On the third Sunday let comments be made on the
+most striking of the changes in the two appointed Lessons for the
+day from the Old Testament.&nbsp; Here the preacher may find some
+difficulty, as want of knowledge of Hebrew or of the right
+interpretation of the passage in which the alteration is made
+might prevent his clearly stating the reasons for it.&nbsp; In
+such cases a good modern Commentary on the Old Testament would
+probably supply the needed assistance.&nbsp; The most available
+Commentary I know of for the purpose is the one published by
+Messrs. Cassells, and now sold at the low price&mdash;for both
+Testaments&mdash;of thirty-five shillings.&nbsp; On the fourth
+Sunday, the preacher&rsquo;s subject should be the most striking
+of the changes in the two appointed Lessons from <!-- page
+132--><a name="page132"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+132</span>the New Testament.&nbsp; For this there would be
+abundant help supplied by the volume of Bishop Westcott, and, if
+needed, by the Commentary on the New Testament to which I have
+alluded.</p>
+<p>Now I sincerely believe that if this very simple and feasible
+plan were carried out in any parish, two results would certainly
+follow: first, that the Revised Version would be desired and
+welcomed; secondly, that an interest in God&rsquo;s Holy Word
+would be called out in the parish and its Bible classes that
+would make a lasting impression on the whole spiritual life of
+the place.&nbsp; We have many faults, but we are a Bible-loving
+nation, and we have shown it in many crises of our history; and
+thus, I am persuaded, in a change such as I have suggested, the
+old love would be called out afresh, and would display itself in
+a manner we might never have expected.</p>
+<p>I feel now that I have said all that it may be well for me to
+have laid before you.&nbsp; I have used no tone of authority; I
+have not urged in any way the introduction of the Revised
+Version, or that the plan of introducing it should be adopted by
+any one among you.&nbsp; I have contented myself with having
+shown that it is feasible; and I have definitely stated <!-- page
+133--><a name="page133"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 133</span>my
+opinion that, if it were to be adopted, it is in a high degree
+probable that a fresh interest in the Holy Scriptures would be
+awakened, and the love of God&rsquo;s Holy Word again found to be
+a living reality.</p>
+<p>Perhaps the present time may be of greater moment in regard of
+the study of Holy Scripture, and especially of the language of
+the Greek Testament, than we may now be able distinctly to
+foresee.&nbsp; I mentioned in my last Address the large amount of
+research, during the last fifteen years, in reference to the
+Greek of the New Testament and the position which the sacred
+volume, considered simply historically and as a collection of
+writings in the Greek language of the first century after Christ,
+really does hold in the general history of a language which, in
+its latest form, is widely spoken to this very day.&nbsp; I
+mentioned also what seemed to be the most reasonable opinion,
+viz. that the Greek of the New Testament was the spoken Greek of
+the time, neither literary Greek nor the Greek of the lower
+class, but Greek such as men would use at that time when they had
+to place in the definiteness of writing the language which passed
+from their lips in their converse with their fellow-men.&nbsp;
+Now, that advantage will <!-- page 134--><a
+name="page134"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 134</span>be taken of
+this, and that it will be used to show that the spiritual
+deductions that we draw from the written words cannot be fully
+relied on, because old distinctions have been obscured or
+obliterated, is what I fear, in days such as these, will often be
+used against the faithful reading, marking, and learning of the
+Written Word.&nbsp; But we shall hear them, I hope, with the two
+true conclusive answers ever present in the soul, the answer of
+plain human reasoning, and the deeper answer which revelation
+brings seriously home to us.&nbsp; In regard of the first answer,
+does not plain common sense justify us in maintaining that the
+writers meant what they <i>wrote</i>, and that when they used
+certain Greek words in the mighty message they were delivering to
+their fellow-men and to all who should hereafter receive it, they
+did mean that those words were to be understood in the plain and
+simple meaning that every plain reader would assign to
+them.&nbsp; They were not speaking; they were writing; and they
+were writing what they knew was to be for all time.&nbsp; Thus to
+take an example from the passages above referred to of which
+Bishop Westcott makes such impressive use, who can doubt, with
+any fair show of reason&mdash;however frequent may be the
+interchange of the particular prepositions <!-- page 135--><a
+name="page135"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 135</span>in the
+first century&mdash;that, in those passages, when St. Matthew
+wrote &epsilon;&iota;&sigmaf; he did mean <i>into</i>; and that
+when St. Paul used &epsilon;&nu;, he did mean <i>in</i>, in the
+simplest sense of the word?</p>
+<p>But to the devout Christian we have a far deeper answer than
+the answer we have just considered.</p>
+<p>In the first place, does not the manifold wisdom of God reveal
+itself to our poor human thoughts in His choice of a widespread
+spoken language, just by its very diffusion readily lending
+itself to the reception of new words and new thoughts as the
+medium by which the Gospel message was communicated to the
+children of men?&nbsp; Just as the particular period of
+Christ&rsquo;s manifestation has ever been reverently regarded as
+a revelation of the manifold nature of the eternal wisdom, so may
+we not see the same in the choice of a language, at a particular
+period of its development, as the bearer of the message of
+salvation to mankind?&nbsp; Surely this is a manifestation of the
+Divine wisdom which must ever be seen and felt whenever the
+outward character of the Greek of the New Testament is dwelt upon
+by the truth-seeking spirit of the reverent believer.</p>
+<p><!-- page 136--><a name="page136"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+136</span>And is there not a second thought, far too much lost
+sight of in our investigation of the written word of the New
+Testament&mdash;that just as the writers had their human powers
+quickened and strengthened by the Holy Ghost for the full setting
+forth of the Gospel message by their spoken words, so in regard
+of their written words would the same blessed guidance be
+vouchsafed to them?&nbsp; And if so, is it not right for us, not
+only to draw from their words all that by the plain laws of
+language they can be understood to convey to us, but also to do
+what has been done in the Revised Version, and to find the
+nearest equivalent our language supplies for the words in the
+original?</p>
+<p>These thoughts might be carried much further, but enough has
+been said to justify the minute care that has been taken in the
+renderings of the written word of the New Testament by the
+Revisers, and further, the validity of the deductions that may be
+drawn from their use of one word rather than another, especially
+in the case of words that might seem to be practically
+synonymous.&nbsp; It may be quite true that, in the current Greek
+of the time, many of the distinctions that were valid in an
+earlier period of the <!-- page 137--><a name="page137"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 137</span>language were no longer observed;
+and of this we find many indications in the Greek
+Testament.&nbsp; But it must be remembered that we also find in
+the Greek Testament a vastly preponderating portion of what is
+grammatically correct according to the earlier standard, and
+often clear indications that what was so written must have been
+definitely meant by the writer.&nbsp; Is it not then our clearest
+duty, remembering always that what we are translating is the
+Gospel message, to do what the Revisers did, to render each
+passage in accordance with the recognized meaning of the words,
+and in harmony with the plain tenor of the context?</p>
+<p>I now close these words and these Addresses with the solemn
+prayer to Almighty God that in this great matter, and in the use
+of that which the living voice of our synod permits us to use, we
+may be guided by God the Holy Ghost, through Jesus Christ, our
+ever-blessed and redeeming Lord and God.</p>
+<p style="text-align: center">* * * * *</p>
+<p>[As the use at the lectern of the Revised Version in the
+Public Service of the Church may be thought likely to involve
+expense, I may mention that the small pica edition of the Bible,
+at 10<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i> net, and of the Apocrypha <!-- page
+138--><a name="page138"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+138</span>separately, at 7<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i>, will be found
+sufficient in most churches.&nbsp; The folio edition in buckram
+of the Bible with Apocrypha will, I understand, be two guineas,
+net.&nbsp; Application however should be made to the University
+Press of Oxford or of Cambridge, or to the Christian Knowledge
+Society.]</p>
+<p style="text-align: center"><span class="smcap">oxford</span>:
+<span class="smcap">horace hart</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">printer to the university</span></p>
+<h2><!-- page 139--><a name="page139"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 139</span>Works by the same Author.</h2>
+<p>ARE WE TO MODIFY FUNDAMENTAL DOCTRINE?&nbsp; Small post 8vo,
+cloth boards, 1<i>s.</i></p>
+<p>CHRISTUS COMPROBATOR; or, The Testimony of Christ to the Old
+Testament.&nbsp; Small post 8vo, cloth boards, 2<i>s.</i></p>
+<p>FOUNDATIONS OF SACRED STUDY.&nbsp; Part I.&nbsp; Small post
+8vo, cloth boards, 2<i>s.</i>; Part II, 2<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i></p>
+<p>MODERN UNBELIEF: its Principles and Characteristics.&nbsp;
+Small post 8vo, cloth boards, 1<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i></p>
+<p>OUR REFORMED CHURCH AND ITS PRESENT TROUBLES.&nbsp; Small post
+8vo, cloth boards, 6<i>d.</i></p>
+<p>SALUTARY DOCTRINE.&nbsp; Small post 8vo, cloth boards,
+1<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i></p>
+<p>SPIRITUAL NEEDS IN COUNTRY PARISHES.&nbsp; Small post 8vo,
+cloth boards, 1<i>s.</i></p>
+<p>THE BEING OF GOD (Six Addresses on).&nbsp; Small post 8vo,
+cloth boards, 1<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i></p>
+<p style="text-align: center">SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING CHRISTIAN
+KNOWLEDGE.<br />
+<span class="smcap">London</span>: <span
+class="smcap">Northumberland Avenue</span>, W.C.</p>
+<h2>Footnotes:</h2>
+<p><a name="footnote6"></a><a href="#citation6"
+class="footnote">[6]</a>&nbsp; The following Resolution was
+passed unanimously by the Upper House of the Convocation of
+Canterbury on Feb. 10, 1899, after the presentation of the Report
+of the Committee (well worthy of being read) by the Bishop of
+Rochester.&nbsp; The Report is numbered 329, and, with other
+Reports of Convocation, is sold by the National
+Society:&mdash;</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;That in the opinion of this House the use
+of the Revised Version at the lectern in the public service of
+the Church, where this is desired by clergy and people, is not
+open to any well-founded objection, and will tend to promote a
+more intelligent knowledge of Holy Scripture.&rdquo;</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p><a name="footnote10a"></a><a href="#citation10a"
+class="footnote">[10a]</a>&nbsp; Among others may be named the
+<i>Edinburgh Review</i> for 1855 on Paragraph Bibles, in which it
+was said that it was now high time for another revision (p. 429);
+the <i>Christian Remembrancer</i> for 1856 on the Revision of the
+Authorised Version (an interesting article); the <i>Quarterly
+Review</i> for 1863, intimating that as yet we were not ripe for
+any authorised text or translation; the <i>Edinburgh Review</i>
+for 1865; and the <i>Contemporary Review</i> for 1868, a careful
+and elaborate article, contending that the work must be done by a
+Commission.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote10b"></a><a href="#citation10b"
+class="footnote">[10b]</a>&nbsp; In February, 1856, when Canon
+Selwyn gave notice of proposing a petition on the subject to the
+Upper House.&nbsp; The proposal in a somewhat different form a
+year afterwards was disposed of by a characteristic amendment of
+Archdeacon Denison.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote10c"></a><a href="#citation10c"
+class="footnote">[10c]</a>&nbsp; On July 22, 1856, Mr. Heywood,
+one of the members, I think, for North Lancashire, in rather an
+interesting speech, moved for an Address to the Crown to issue a
+Royal Commission on the subject.&nbsp; The motion was rejected,
+Sir George Grey expressing his conviction that the feeling of the
+country was not in accordance with the motion.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote12"></a><a href="#citation12"
+class="footnote">[12]</a>&nbsp; Preface to the Revision of the
+Authorised Version of the Gospel according to St. John by Five
+Clergymen, p. xii.&nbsp; As I remark afterwards, this preface
+proved to be very attractive, and by its moderation greatly
+helped the cause.&nbsp; The book has long since gone out of
+print, but if any reader of this note should come across it, this
+preface will be found well worth reading, as it will show what
+was in the minds of many beside the Five Clergymen five and forty
+years ago.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote13"></a><a href="#citation13"
+class="footnote">[13]</a>&nbsp; See Schaff, <i>Companion to Greek
+Testament and English version</i>, p. 367, note (New York,
+1883).</p>
+<p><a name="footnote21"></a><a href="#citation21"
+class="footnote">[21]</a>&nbsp; The <i>Expositor</i> for October,
+1892, pp. 241-255.&nbsp; The article was answered by me in the
+same periodical two months later.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote22"></a><a href="#citation22"
+class="footnote">[22]</a>&nbsp; The account of the discussion in
+the Convocation of York (Feb. 23, 1870) will be found in <i>The
+Guardian</i> of March 2, 1870.&nbsp; In the comments of this
+paper on the action or rather inaction of the Northern
+Convocation a very unfavourable opinion was expressed, in
+reference to the manner in which the Southern Convocation had
+been treated.&nbsp; But these things have long since been
+forgotten.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote35"></a><a href="#citation35"
+class="footnote">[35]</a>&nbsp; It may be interesting to give
+this list, as it slightly affects matter that will be alluded to
+afterwards in reference to the Greek text.&nbsp; The attendances
+were as follows: The Chairman, 405; Dr. Scrivener, 399;
+Prebendary Humphry, 385; Principal Newth, 373; Prof. Hort, 362;
+Dean Bickersteth (Prolocutor), 352; Dean Scott, 337; Prof.
+Westcott, 304; Dean Vaughan, 302; Dean Blakesley, 297; Bishop
+Lightfoot, 290; Archdeacon Lee, 283; Dr. Moulton, 275; Archdeacon
+Palmer, 255; Dean Stanley, 253; Dr. Vance Smith, 245; Principal
+Brown, 209; Principal Angus, 199; Prof. Milligan, 182; Prof.
+Kennedy, 165; Dr. Eadie, 135; Bishop Moberly, 121; Bishop
+Wordsworth (St. Andrews), 109; Dr. Roberts, 94; Archbishop
+Trench, 63; Dean Merivale (resigned early), 19; Dean Alford (died
+soon after commencement), 16; Bishop Wilberforce, 1.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote36"></a><a href="#citation36"
+class="footnote">[36]</a>&nbsp; This letter will be found in a
+very valuable <i>Historical Account of the Work of the American
+Committee of Revision</i> (New York, 1885), p. 30.&nbsp; This
+<i>Historical Account</i> was prepared by a special Committee
+appointed for the purpose in May, 1884, and was based on
+documents and papers arranged with great care by Dr. Philip
+Schaff, the President of the American Committee, and printed
+privately.&nbsp; These two volumes, the <i>Historical Account</i>
+and the <i>Documentary History</i>, contain the fullest details
+of the whole transactions between the American Committee and the
+English Companies and also the University Presses.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote41"></a><a href="#citation41"
+class="footnote">[41]</a>&nbsp; Talbot W. Chambers, <i>Companion
+to the Revised Old Testament</i> (Funk and Wagnalls, New York and
+London, 1885), Preface, p. ix.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote42a"></a><a href="#citation42a"
+class="footnote">[42a]</a>&nbsp; A full account of the
+negotiation and copies of the letters which passed between the
+American Revisers and our own Revisers will be found in Part 2,
+p. 81 sqq. of the <i>Documentary History</i>, above referred to
+in the note at p. 36.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote42b"></a><a href="#citation42b"
+class="footnote">[42b]</a>&nbsp; A full account of this agreement
+and copies of the correspondence with the Universities of Oxford
+and Cambridge will be found in Part 3, p. 91 sqq. of the
+<i>Documentary History</i>.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote44"></a><a href="#citation44"
+class="footnote">[44]</a>&nbsp; Since the above was written,
+information reaches me that an <i>American Standard Revision of
+the Bible</i> either just has been, or shortly will be,
+published, which though not simply an incorporation of the
+recorded American preferences, as long specified in our copies of
+the Revision, is a publication resting on authority, and likely
+to put a stop to what is unauthorised.&nbsp; As the reader may
+like to know a little about this <i>American Standard Revision of
+the Bible</i>, I will, at the risk of a long note, mention what I
+have ascertained up to the present time.&nbsp; The survivors of
+the Old Testament Company (Dr. Osgood and others) with the three
+surviving members of the New Testament Company (Dr. Dwight, Dr.
+Riddle, and Dr. Thayer&mdash;very powerful helpers) have
+co-operated in bringing out a new edition of the Revision as it
+has been hitherto current in America.&nbsp; It will contain about
+<i>twice as many</i> deviations from the English Revised Version
+as appear in the original Appendices; but, in regard of them, the
+survivors give this important assurance, that &ldquo;the
+survivors have not felt at liberty to make new changes of moment
+which were not favourably passed upon (<i>sic</i>) by their
+associates, at one stage or another of the original preparation
+of the work.&rdquo;&nbsp; They specify that the original Appendix
+was prepared in haste and did not, in a satisfactory manner,
+express the real views of the Committee.&nbsp; They claim to have
+drawn up a body of improved marginal references, to have wholly
+removed archaisms, to have supplied running headings, to have
+modified what they consider unwieldy paragraphs, to have
+lightened what they regard as clumsy punctuation, and by
+typographical arrangements, such as by leaving a line blank, to
+have indicated the main transitions of thought in the Epistles
+and Apocalypse.&nbsp; These and other characteristics will be
+found specified in the American <i>Sunday School Times</i> for
+August 11, 1901, in an article apparently derived from those
+interested.&nbsp; Till we see the book we must suspend our
+judgement.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote50"></a><a href="#citation50"
+class="footnote">[50]</a>&nbsp; See an article by Rev. J. F.
+Thrupp in Smith&rsquo;s <i>Dictionary of the Bible</i>, vol. ii.
+art. Old Testament.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote53"></a><a href="#citation53"
+class="footnote">[53]</a>&nbsp; Since the above was written a
+critical edition of the four Peshitto Gospels has been published
+by the Oxford University Press, based on the labours of the late
+Philip Edward Pusey, and Rev. G. H. Gwilliam, of Hertford
+College.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote55"></a><a href="#citation55"
+class="footnote">[55]</a>&nbsp; The title of the pamphlet, which
+contains twelve letters from distinguished German Professors,
+with translations, is <i>The Revision of the Old Testament</i>
+(New York, Scribner&rsquo;s Sons, 1886).</p>
+<p><a name="footnote59"></a><a href="#citation59"
+class="footnote">[59]</a>&nbsp; The title of Dr. Salmon&rsquo;s
+interesting volume is <i>Some Thoughts on the Textual Criticism
+of the New Testament</i> (Murray, London, 1897).</p>
+<p><a name="footnote60a"></a><a href="#citation60a"
+class="footnote">[60a]</a>&nbsp; Salmon, p. 157.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote60b"></a><a href="#citation60b"
+class="footnote">[60b]</a>&nbsp; Ibid., p. 12.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote96"></a><a href="#citation96"
+class="footnote">[96]</a>&nbsp; See below, pp. 98, 120.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote97"></a><a href="#citation97"
+class="footnote">[97]</a>&nbsp; See the Preface to Dr.
+Rutherford&rsquo;s <i>Translation of the Epistle to the
+Romans</i>, p. xi sq. (Lond. 1900).</p>
+<p><a name="footnote98a"></a><a href="#citation98a"
+class="footnote">[98a]</a>&nbsp; Hodder &amp; Stoughton (Lond.
+1897).</p>
+<p><a name="footnote98b"></a><a href="#citation98b"
+class="footnote">[98b]</a>&nbsp; Page 18.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote106"></a><a href="#citation106"
+class="footnote">[106]</a>&nbsp; See page 32.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote109"></a><a href="#citation109"
+class="footnote">[109]</a>&nbsp; <i>Bible Studies</i>, by Dr. G.
+Adolf Deissmann, Authorised Translation (Clark, Edinburgh,
+1901).</p>
+<p><a name="footnote110a"></a><a href="#citation110a"
+class="footnote">[110a]</a>&nbsp; Page 175.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote110b"></a><a href="#citation110b"
+class="footnote">[110b]</a>&nbsp; London, Macmillan, 1898.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote111"></a><a href="#citation111"
+class="footnote">[111]</a>&nbsp; <i>Theologische
+Literaturzeitung</i>, xix (vol. for 1894), p. 338.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote112"></a><a href="#citation112"
+class="footnote">[112]</a>&nbsp; <i>Bible Studies</i>, p. 84
+Transl.&nbsp; See, however, the translator&rsquo;s note, p. 173,
+where the use of the term is explained.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote114"></a><a href="#citation114"
+class="footnote">[114]</a>&nbsp; <i>Grammar of New Testament
+Greek</i>, &sect; 38. 5, p. 118 (Transl.).</p>
+<p><a name="footnote122"></a><a href="#citation122"
+class="footnote">[122]</a>&nbsp; See <i>Chronicle of
+Convocation</i> for February 10, 1899, p. 71 sqq.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote123"></a><a href="#citation123"
+class="footnote">[123]</a>&nbsp; At the May Meeting of the
+present year.</p>
+<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ADDRESSES ON THE REVISED VERSION OF
+HOLY SCRIPTURE***</p>
+<pre>
+
+
+***** This file should be named 25412-h.htm or 25412-h.zip******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/5/4/1/25412
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+</pre></body>
+</html>
diff --git a/25412.txt b/25412.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39258f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25412.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3091 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, Addresses on the Revised Version of Holy
+Scripture, by C. J. Ellicott
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: Addresses on the Revised Version of Holy Scripture
+
+
+Author: C. J. Ellicott
+
+
+
+Release Date: May 9, 2008 [eBook #25412]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII)
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ADDRESSES ON THE REVISED VERSION
+OF HOLY SCRIPTURE***
+
+
+Transcribed from the 1901 Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge
+edition by David Price, email ccx074@pglaf.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Addresses on the Revised
+Version of Holy
+Scripture.
+
+
+ BY
+ C. J. ELLICOTT, D.D.,
+
+ BISHOP OF GLOUCESTER,
+ AND HON. FELLOW OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE.
+
+ PUBLISHED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE TRACT COMMITTEE.
+
+ LONDON:
+ SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING CHRISTIAN KNOWLEDGE,
+ NORTHUMBERLAND AVENUE, W.C.; 43 QUEEN VICTORIA STREET, E.C.
+ BRIGHTON: 129 NORTH STREET.
+ NEW YORK: E. & J. B. YOUNG & CO.
+ 1901.
+
+
+
+
+PREFATORY NOTE.
+
+
+The following Addresses form the Charge to the Archdeaconry of
+Cirencester at the Visitation held at the close of October in the present
+year. The object of the Charge, as the opening words and the tenor of
+the whole will abundantly indicate, is seriously to suggest the question,
+whether the time has not now arrived for the more general use of the
+Revised Version at the lectern in the public service of the Church.
+
+ C. J. GLOUCESTER.
+
+_October_, 1901.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+ PAGE
+ ADDRESS I. EARLY HISTORY OF REVISION 5
+ ,, II. LATER HISTORY OF REVISION 17
+ ,, III. HEBREW AND GREEK TEXT 48
+ ,, IV. NATURE OF THE RENDERINGS 81
+ ,, V. PUBLIC USE OF THE VERSION 117
+
+
+
+
+
+ADDRESS I.
+EARLY HISTORY OF REVISION.
+
+
+As there now seem to be sufficient grounds for thinking that ere long the
+Revised Version of Holy Scripture will obtain a wider circulation and
+more general use than has hitherto been accorded to it, it seems
+desirable that the whole subject of the Revised Version, and its use in
+the public services of the Church, should at last be brought formally
+before the clergy and laity, not only of this province, but of the whole
+English Church.
+
+Twenty years have passed away since the appearance of the Revised Version
+of the New Testament, and the presentation of it by the writer of these
+pages to the Convocation of Canterbury on May 17, 1881. Just four more
+years afterwards, viz. on April 30, 1885, the Revised Version of the Old
+Testament was laid before the same venerable body by the then Bishop of
+Winchester (Bp. Harold Browne), and, similarly to the Revised Version of
+the New Testament, was published simultaneously in this country and
+America. It was followed, after a somewhat long interval, by the Revised
+Version of the Apocrypha, which was laid before Convocation by the writer
+of these pages on February 12, 1896.
+
+The revision of the Authorised Version has thus been in the hands of the
+English-speaking reader sixteen years, in the case of the Canonical
+Scriptures, and five years in the case of the Apocrypha--periods of time
+that can hardly be considered insufficient for deciding generally,
+whether, and to what extent, the Revised Version should be used in the
+public services of the Church.
+
+I have thus thought it well, especially after the unanimous resolution of
+the Upper House of the Convocation of Canterbury, three years ago {6},
+and the very recent resolution of the House of Laymen, to place before
+you the question of the use of the Revised Version in the public services
+of the Church, as the ultimate subject of this charge. I repeat, as the
+ultimate subject, for no sound opinion on the public use of this version
+can possibly be formed unless some general knowledge be acquired, not
+only of the circumstances which paved the way for the revision of the
+time-honoured version of 1611, but also of the manner in which the
+revision was finally carried out. We cannot properly deal with a
+question so momentous as that of introducing a revised version of God's
+Holy Word into the services of the Church, without knowing, at least in
+outline, the whole history of the version which we are proposing to
+introduce. This history then I must now place before you from its very
+commencement, so far as memory and a nearly life-long connexion with the
+subject enable me to speak.
+
+The true, though remote fountain-head of revision, and, more
+particularly, of the revision of the New Testament, must be regarded as
+the grammar written by a young academic teacher, George Benedict Winer,
+as far back as 1822, bearing the title of a Grammar of the Language of
+the New Testament. It was a vigorous protest against the arbitrary, and
+indeed monstrous licence of interpretation which prevailed in
+commentaries on Holy Scripture of the eighteenth and nineteenth
+centuries. It met with at first the fate of all assaults on prevailing
+unscientific procedures, but its value and its truth were soon
+recognized. The volume passed through several successively improved
+editions, until in 1855 the sixth edition was reached, and issued with a
+new and interesting preface by the then distinguished and veteran writer.
+This edition formed the basis of the admirable and admirably supplemented
+translation of my lamented and highly esteemed friend Dr. Moulton, which
+was published in 1870, passed through a second edition six years
+afterwards, and has, since that time, continued to be a standard grammar,
+in an English dress, of the Greek Testament down to this day.
+
+The claim that I have put forward for this remarkable book as the
+fountain-head of revision can easily be justified when we call to memory
+how very patently the volume, in one or another of its earlier editions,
+formed the grammatical basis of the commentaries of De Wette and Meyer,
+and, here in England, of the commentary of Alford, and of critical and
+grammatical commentaries on some of St. Paul's Epistles with which my own
+name was connected. It was to Winer that we were all indebted for that
+greater accuracy of interpretation of the Greek Testament which was
+recognized and welcomed by readers of the New Testament at the time I
+mention, and produced effects which had a considerable share in the
+gradual bringing about of important movements that almost naturally
+followed.
+
+What came home to a large and increasing number of earnest and
+truth-seeking readers of the New Testament was this--that there were
+inaccuracies and errors in the current version of the Holy Scriptures,
+and especially of the New Testament, which plainly called for
+consideration and correction, and further brought home to very many of us
+that this could never be brought about except by an authoritative
+revision.
+
+This general impression spread somewhat rapidly; and soon after the
+middle of the last century it began to take definite shape. The subject
+of the revision of the Authorised Version of the New Testament found a
+place in the religious and other periodicals of the day {10a}, and as the
+time went on was the subject of numerous pamphlets, and was alluded to
+even in Convocation {10b} and Parliament {10c}. As yet however there had
+been no indication of the sort of revision that was desired by its
+numerous advocates, and fears were not unnaturally entertained as to the
+form that a revision might ultimately take. It was feared by many that
+any authoritative revision might seriously impair the acceptance and
+influence of the existing and deeply reverenced version of Holy
+Scripture, and, to use language which expressed apprehensions that were
+prevailing at the time, might seriously endanger the cause of sound
+religion in our Church and in our nation.
+
+There was thus a real danger, unless some forward step was quickly and
+prudently taken, that the excitement might gradually evaporate, and the
+movement for revision might die out, as has often been the case in regard
+of the Prayer Book, into the old and wonted acquiescence of the past.
+
+It was just at this critical time that an honoured and influential
+churchman, who was then the popular and successful secretary of the
+Society for the Propagation of the Gospel, Rev. Ernest Hawkins,
+afterwards Canon of Westminster, came forward and persuaded a few of us,
+who had the happiness of being his friends, to combine and publish a
+version of one of the books of the New Testament which might practically
+demonstrate to friends and to opponents what sort of a revision seemed
+desirable under existing circumstances. After it had been completed we
+described it "as a _tentamen_, a careful endeavour, claiming no finality,
+inviting, rather than desiring to exclude, other attempts of the same
+kind, calling the attention of the Church to the many and anxious
+questions involved in rendering the Holy Scriptures into the vernacular
+language, and offering some help towards the settlement of those
+questions {12}."
+
+The portion of Scripture selected was the Gospel according to St. John.
+Those who undertook the revision were five in number:--Dr. Barrow, the
+then Principal of St. Edmund's Hall, Oxford; Dr. Moberly, afterwards
+Bishop of Salisbury; Rev. Henry Alford, afterwards Dean of Canterbury;
+Rev. W. G. Humphry, Vicar of St. Martin's in the Fields; and lastly, the
+writer of this charge. Mr. Ernest Hawkins, busy as he was, acted to a
+great extent as our secretary, superintended arrangements, and encouraged
+and assisted us in every possible manner. Our place of meeting was the
+library of our hospitable colleague Mr. Humphry. We worked in the
+greatest possible harmony, and happily and hopefully concluded our
+Revision of the Authorised Version of the Gospel of St. John in the month
+of March, 1857.
+
+Our labours were introduced by a wise and attractive preface, written
+mainly by Dr. Moberly, in the lucid, reverent, and dignified language
+that marked everything that came from the pen of the late Bishop of
+Salisbury.
+
+The effect produced by this _tentamen_ was indisputably great. The work
+itself was of course widely criticized, but for the most part favourably
+{13}. The principles laid down in the preface were generally considered
+reasonable, and the possibilities of an authoritative revision distinctly
+increased. The work in fact became a kind of object lesson.
+
+It showed plainly that there _were_ errors in the Authorised Version that
+needed correction. It further showed that their removal and the
+introduction of improvements in regard of accuracy did not involve,
+either in quantity or quality, the changes that were generally
+apprehended. And lastly, it showed in its results that _scholars_ of
+different habits of thought could combine in the execution of such a work
+without friction or difficulty.
+
+In regard of the Greek text but little change was introduced. The basis
+of our translation was the third edition of Stephens, from which we only
+departed when the amount of external evidence in favour of a different
+reading was plainly overwhelming. As we ourselves state in the preface,
+"our object was to revise a version, not to frame a text." We should
+have obscured this one purpose if we had entered into textual criticism.
+
+Such was the tentative version which prepared the way for authoritative
+revision.
+
+More need not be said on this early effort. The version of the Gospel of
+St. John passed through three editions. The Epistles to the Romans and
+Corinthians appeared in 1858, and the first three of the remaining
+Epistles (Galatians, Ephesians, and Philippians) in 1861. The third
+edition of the Revision of the Authorised Version of St. John was issued
+in 1863, with a preface in which the general estimate of the revision was
+discussed, and the probability indicated of some authoritative procedure
+in reference to the whole question. As our little band had now been
+reduced to four, and its general aim and object had been realized, we did
+not deem it necessary to proceed with a work which had certainly helped
+to remove most of the serious objections to authoritative revision. Our
+efforts were helped by many treatises on the subject which were then
+appearing from time to time, and, to a considerable extent, by the
+important work of Professor, afterwards Archbishop, Trench, entitled "On
+the Authorised Version of the New Testament in connexion with some recent
+proposals for its revision." This appeared in 1858. After the close of
+our tentative revision in 1863, the active friends (as they may be
+termed) of the movement did but little except, from time to time, confer
+with one another on the now yearly improving prospects of authoritative
+revision. In 1869 Dean Alford published a small handy revised version of
+the whole of the Greek Testament, and, a short time afterwards, I
+published a small volume on the "Revision of the English Version," in
+which I sought to show how large an amount of the fresh and vigorous
+translation of Tyndale was present in the Authorised Version, and how
+little of this would ever be likely to disappear in any authoritatively
+revised version of the future. Some estimate also was made of the amount
+of changes likely to be introduced in a sample portion of the Gospels. A
+few months later, a very valuable volume ("On a Fresh Revision of the New
+Testament") was published by Professor, afterwards Bishop, Lightfoot,
+which appeared most seasonably, just as the long-looked-for hope of a
+revision of the Authorised Version of God's Holy Word was about to be
+realized.
+
+All now was ready for a definite and authoritative commencement. Of
+this, and of the later history of Revision, a brief account will be given
+in the succeeding Address.
+
+
+
+
+ADDRESS II.
+LATER HISTORY OF REVISION.
+
+
+We are now arrived at the time when what was simple tentative and
+preparatory passed into definite and authoritative realization.
+
+The initial step was taken on February 10, 1870, in the Upper House of
+the Convocation of Canterbury. The Bishop of Oxford, seconded by the
+Bishop of Gloucester, proposed the subjoined resolution, which it may be
+desirable to give in the exact words in which it was presented to the
+House, as indicating the caution with which it was framed, and also the
+indirectly expressed hope (unfortunately not realized) of the concurrence
+of the Northern Convocation. The resolution was as follows:
+
+ "That a committee of both Houses be appointed, with power to confer
+ with any committee that may be appointed by the Convocation of the
+ Northern Province, to report upon the desirableness of a revision of
+ the Authorised Version of the New Testament, whether by marginal
+ notes or otherwise, in those passages where plain and clear errors,
+ whether in the Hebrew or Greek text originally adopted by the
+ translators, or in the translations made from the same, shall on due
+ investigation be found to exist."
+
+In the course of the debate that followed the resolution was amended by
+the insertion of the words "Old and," so as to include both Testaments,
+and, so amended, was unanimously accepted by the Upper House, and at once
+sent down to the Lower House. After debate it was accepted by them, and,
+having been thus accepted by both Houses, formed the basis of all the
+arrangements, rules, and regulations which speedily followed.
+
+Into all of these it is not necessary for me to enter except so far as
+plainly to demonstrate that the Convocation of Canterbury, on thus
+undertaking one of the greatest works ever attempted by Convocation
+during its long and eventful history, followed every course, adopted
+every expedient, and carefully took every precaution to bring the great
+work it was preparing to undertake to a worthy and a successful issue.
+
+It may be well, then, here briefly to notice, that in accordance with the
+primary resolution which I have specified, a committee was appointed of
+eight members of the Upper House, and, in accordance with the regular
+rule, sixteen members of the Lower House, with power, as specified, to
+confer with the Convocation of York. The members of the Upper House were
+as follows: the Bishops of Winchester (Wilberforce), St. Davids
+(Thirlwall), Llandaff (Ollivant), Salisbury (Moberly), Ely (Harold
+Browne, afterwards of Winchester), Lincoln (Wordsworth; who soon after
+withdrew), Bath and Wells (Lord Arthur Hervey), and myself.
+
+The members of the Lower House were the Prolocutor (Dr. Bickersteth, Dean
+of Lichfield), the Deans of Canterbury (Alford), Westminster (Stanley),
+and Lincoln (Jeremie); the Archdeacons of Bedford (Rose), Exeter
+(Freeman), and Rochester (Grant); Chancellor Massingberd; Canons
+Blakesley, How, Selwyn, Swainson, Woodgate; Dr. Jebb, Dr. Kay, and Mr. De
+Winton.
+
+Before, however, this committee reported, at the next meeting of
+Convocation in May, and on May 3 and May 5, the following five
+resolutions, which have the whole authority of Convocation behind them,
+were accepted unanimously by the Upper House, and by large majorities in
+the Lower House:
+
+ "1. That it is desirable that a revision of the Authorised Version
+ of the Holy Scriptures be undertaken.
+
+ 2. That the revision be so conducted as to comprise both marginal
+ renderings and such emendations as it may be found necessary to
+ insert in the text of the Authorised Version.
+
+ 3. That in the above resolutions we do not contemplate any new
+ translation of the Bible, nor any alteration of the language, except
+ where, in the judgement of the most competent scholars, such change
+ is necessary.
+
+ 4. That in such necessary changes, the style of the language
+ employed in the existing version be closely followed.
+
+ 5. That it is desirable that Convocation should nominate a body of
+ its own members to undertake the work of revision, who shall be at
+ liberty to invite the co-operation of any eminent for scholarship, to
+ whatever nation or religious body they may belong."
+
+These are the fundamental rules of Convocation, as formally expressed by
+the Upper and Lower Houses of this venerable body. The second and third
+rules deserve our especial attention in reference to the amount of the
+emendations and alterations which have been introduced during the work of
+revision. This amount, it is now constantly said, is not only excessive,
+but in distinct contravention of the rules which were laid down by
+Convocation. A responsible and deeply respected writer, the late Bishop
+of Wakefield, only a few years ago plainly stated in a well-known
+periodical {21} that the revisers "largely exceeded their instructions,
+and did not adhere to the principles they were commissioned to follow."
+This is a very grave charge, but can it be substantiated? The second and
+third rules, taken together, refer change to consciously felt necessity
+on the part of "the most competent scholars," and these last-mentioned
+must surely be understood to be those who were deliberately chosen for
+the work. In the subsequently adopted rule of the committee of
+Convocation the criterion of this consciously felt necessity was to be
+faithfulness to the original. All then that can justly be said in
+reference to the Revisers is this,--not that they exceeded their
+instructions (a very serious charge), but that their estimate of what
+constituted faithfulness, and involved the necessity of change, was, from
+time to time, in the judgement of their critic, mistaken or exaggerated.
+Such language however as that used in reference to the changes made by
+the Revisers as "unnecessary and uninstructive alterations," and
+"irritating trivialities," was a somewhat harsh form of expressing the
+judgement arrived at.
+
+But to proceed. On the presentation of the Report it was stated that the
+committee had not been able to confer with the Northern Convocation, as
+no committee had been appointed by them. It was commonly supposed that
+the Northern President (Abp. of York) was favourable to revision, but the
+two Houses, who at that time sat together, had taken a very different
+view {22}, as our President informed us that he had received a
+communication from the Convocation of York to the effect that--"The
+Authorised Version of the English Bible is accepted, not only by the
+Established Church, but also by the Dissenters and by the whole of the
+English-speaking people of the world, as their standard of faith; and
+that although blemishes existed in its text such as had, from time to
+time, been pointed out, yet they would deplore any recasting of its text.
+That Convocation accordingly did not think it necessary to appoint a
+committee to co-operate with the committee appointed by the Convocation
+of Canterbury, though favourable to the errors being rectified."
+
+This obviously closed the question of co-operation with the Northern
+Convocation. We sincerely regretted the decision, as there were many
+able and learned men in the York Convocation whose co-operation we should
+have heartily welcomed. Delay, however, was now out of the question.
+The working out of the scheme therefore had now become the duty of the
+Convocation that had adopted, and in part formulated, the proposed
+revision.
+
+The course of our proceedings was then as follows:
+
+After the Report of the committee had been accepted by the Upper House,
+and communicated to the Lower House, the following resolution was
+unanimously adopted by the Upper House (May 3, 1870), and in due course
+sent down to the Lower House:
+
+ "That a committee be now appointed to consider and report to
+ Convocation a scheme of revision on the principles laid down in the
+ Report now adopted. That the Bishops of Winchester, St. Davids,
+ Llandaff, Gloucester and Bristol, Ely, Salisbury, Lincoln, Bath and
+ Wells, be members of the committee. That the committee be empowered
+ to invite the co-operation of those whom they may judge fit from
+ their biblical scholarship to aid them in their work."
+
+This resolution was followed by a request from the Archbishop that as
+this was a committee of an exceptional character, being in fact an
+executive committee, the Lower House would not appoint, as in ordinary
+committees, twice the number of the members appointed by the Upper House,
+but simply an equal number. This request, though obviously a very
+reasonable request under the particular circumstances, was not acceded to
+without some debate and even remonstrance. This, however, was overcome
+and quieted by the conciliatory good sense and firmness of the
+Prolocutor; and, on the following day, the resolution was accepted by the
+Lower House, and the Prolocutor (Bickersteth) with the Deans of
+Canterbury (Alford) and Westminster (Stanley), the Archdeacon of Bedford
+(Rose), Canons Blakesley and Selwyn, Dr. Jebb and Dr. Kay, were appointed
+as members of what now may be called the Permanent Committee.
+
+This Committee had to undertake the responsible duty of choosing experts,
+and, out of them and their own members, forming two Companies, the one
+for the revision of the Authorised Version of the Old Testament, the
+other for the revision of the Authorised Version of the New Testament.
+Rules had to be drawn up, and a general scheme formed for the carrying
+out in detail of the whole of the proposed work. In this work it may be
+supposed that considerable difficulty would have been found in the choice
+of biblical scholars in addition to those already appointed by
+Convocation. This, however, did not prove to be the case. I was at that
+time acting as a kind of informal secretary, and by the friendly help of
+Dr. Moulton and Dr. Gotch of Bristol had secured the names of
+distinguished biblical scholars from the leading Christian bodies in
+England and in Scotland from whom choice would naturally have to be made.
+When we met together finally to choose, there was thus no lack of
+suitable names.
+
+In regard of the many rules that had to be made for the orderly carrying
+out of the work I prepared, after careful conference with the Bishop of
+Winchester, a draft scheme which, so far as I remember, was in the sequel
+substantially adopted by what I have termed the Permanent Committee of
+Convocation. When, then, this Committee formally met on May 25, 1870,
+the names of those to whom we were empowered to apply were agreed upon,
+and invitations at once sent out. The members of the Committee had
+already been assigned to their special companies; viz. to the Old
+Testament Company, the Bishops of St. Davids, Llandaff, Ely, Lincoln (who
+soon after resigned), and Bath and Wells; and from the Lower House,
+Archdeacon Rose, Canon Selwyn, Dr. Jebb, and Dr. Kay: to the New
+Testament Company, the Bishops of Winchester, Gloucester and Bristol, and
+Salisbury; and from the Lower House, the Prolocutor, the Deans of
+Canterbury and Westminster, and Canon Blakesley.
+
+Those invited to join the Old Testament were as follows:--Dr. W. L.
+Alexander, Professor Chenery, Canon Cook, Professor A. B. Davidson, Dr.
+B. Davies, Professor Fairbairn, Rev. F. Field, Dr. Gensburg, Dr. Gotch,
+Archdeacon Harrison, Professor Leathes, Professor McGill, Canon Payne
+Smith, Professor J. J. S. Perowne, Professor Plumptre, Canon Pusey, Dr.
+Wright (British Museum), Mr. W. A. Wright of Cambridge, the active and
+valuable secretary of the Company.
+
+Of these Dr. Pusey and Canon Cook declined the invitation.
+
+Those invited to join the New Testament Company were as follows:--Dr.
+Angus, Dr. David Brown, the Archbishop of Dublin (Trench), Dr. Eadie,
+Rev. F. J. A. Hort, Rev. W. G. Humphry, Canon Kennedy, Archdeacon Lee,
+Dr. Lightfoot, Professor Milligan, Professor Moulton, Dr. J. H. Newman,
+Professor Newth, Dr. A. Roberts, Rev. G. Vance Smith, Dr. Scott (Balliol
+College), Rev. F. H. Scrivener, the Bishop of St. Andrews (Wordsworth),
+Dr. Tregelles, Dr. Vaughan, Canon Westcott.
+
+Of these Dr. J. H. Newman declined, and Dr. Tregelles, from feeble health
+and preoccupation on his great work, the critical edition of the New
+Testament, was unable to attend. It should be here mentioned that soon
+after the formation of the company, Rev. John Troutbeck, Minor Canon of
+Westminster, afterwards Doctor of Divinity, was appointed by the Company
+as their secretary. A more accurate, punctual, and indefatigable
+secretary it would have been impossible for us to have selected for the
+great and responsible work.
+
+On the same day (May 25, 1870,) the rules for the carrying out of the
+revision, which, as I have mentioned, had been drawn up in draft were all
+duly considered by the committee and carried, and the way left clear and
+open for the commencement of the work. These rules (copies of which will
+be found in nearly all the prefaces to the Revised Version hitherto
+issued by the Universities) were only the necessary amplifications of the
+fundamental rules passed by the two Houses of Convocation which have been
+already specified.
+
+The first of these subsidiary rules was as follows:--"To introduce as few
+alterations as possible in the text of the Authorised Version
+consistently with faithfulness." This rule must be read in connexion
+with the first and third fundamental rules and the comments I have
+already made on those rules.
+
+The second of the rules of the committee was as follows:--"To limit, as
+far as possible, the expression of such alterations to the language of
+the Authorised and earlier English versions." This rule was carefully
+attended to in its reference to the Authorised Version. I do not however
+remember, in the revision of the version of the New Testament, that we
+often fell back on the renderings of the earlier English versions. They
+were always before us: but, in reference to other versions where there
+were differences of rendering, we frequently considered the renderings of
+the ancient versions, especially of the Vulgate, Syriac, and Coptic, and
+occasionally of the Gothic and Armenian. To these, however, the rule
+makes no allusion.
+
+The third rule speaks for itself:--"Each Company to go twice over the
+portion to be revised, once provisionally, the second time finally, and
+on principles of voting as hereinafter is provided."
+
+The fourth rule refers to the very important subject of the text, and is
+an amplification of the last part of the third fundamental rule. The
+rule of the committee is as follows:--"That the text to be adopted be
+that for which the evidence is decidedly preponderating; and that when
+the text so adopted differs from that from which the Authorised Version
+was made, the alteration be indicated in the margin." The subject of the
+text is continued in the fifth rule, which is as follows:--"To make or
+retain no change in the text on the second final revision by the Company
+except _two-thirds_ of those present approve of the same, but on the
+first revision to decide by simple majorities."
+
+The sixth rule is of importance, but in the New Testament Company (I do
+not know how it may have been in the Old Testament Company) was very
+rarely acted upon:--"In every case of proposed alteration that may have
+given rise to discussion, to defer the voting thereupon till the next
+meeting, whensoever the same shall be required by one-third of those
+present at the meeting, such intended vote to be announced in the notice
+for the next meeting." The only occasion on which I can remember this
+rule being called into action was a comparatively unimportant one. At
+the close of a long day's work we found ourselves differing on the
+renderings of "tomb" or "sepulchre" in one of the narratives of the
+Resurrection. This was easily and speedily settled the following
+morning.
+
+The seventh rule was as follows:--"To revise the headings of chapters and
+pages, paragraphs, italics, and punctuation." This rule was very
+carefully attended to except as regards headings of chapters and pages.
+These were soon found to involve so much of indirect, if not even of
+direct interpretation, that both Companies agreed to leave this portion
+of the work to some committee of the two University Presses that they
+might afterwards think fit to appoint. Small as the work might seem to
+be if only confined to the simple revision of the existing headings, the
+time it would have taken up, if undertaken by the Companies, would
+certainly have been considerable. I revised, on my own account, the
+headings of the chapters in St. Matthew, and was surprised to find how
+much time was required to do accurately and consistently what might have
+seemed a very easy and inconsiderable work.
+
+The eighth rule was of some importance, though, I think, very rarely
+acted upon: "To refer, on the part of each Company, when considered
+desirable, to divines, scholars, and literary men, whether at home or
+abroad, for their opinions." How far this was acted on by the Old
+Testament Company I do not know. In regard of the New Testament Company
+the only instance I can remember, when we availed ourselves of the rule,
+was in reference to our renderings of portions of the twenty-seventh
+chapter of the Acts of the Apostles. In this particular case we sent our
+sheets to the Admiralty, and asked the First Sea Lord (whom some of us
+knew) kindly to tell us if the expressions we had adopted were nautically
+correct. I believe this friendly and competent authority did not find
+anything amiss. It has sometimes been said that it would have been
+better, especially in reference to the New Testament, if this rule had
+been more frequently acted on, and if matters connected with English and
+alterations of rhythm had been brought before a few of our more
+distinguished literary men. It may be so; though I much doubt whether in
+matters of English the Greek would not always have proved the dominant
+arbiter. In matters of rhythm it is equally doubtful whether much could
+have been effected by appealing to the ears of others. At any rate we
+preferred trusting to our own, and adopted, as I shall afterwards
+mention, a mode of testing rhythmical cadence that could hardly have been
+improved upon.
+
+The concluding rule was one of convenience and common sense: "That the
+work of each Company be communicated to the other, as it is completed, in
+order that there may be as little deviation from uniformity in language
+as possible."
+
+All preliminaries were now settled. The invitations were issued, and,
+with the exceptions of Canon Cook, Dr. Pusey, and Dr. Newman, were
+readily accepted. Three or four names (Principal Douglas, Professor
+Geden, Dr. Weir, and, I think, Mr. Bensley), were shortly added to those
+already mentioned as invited to join the Old Testament Company, and, in
+less than a month after the meeting of the committee on May 25, both
+Companies had entered upon their responsible work. On June 22, 1870,
+both Companies, after a celebration of the Holy Communion, previously
+announced by Dean Stanley as intended to be administered by him in
+Westminster Abbey, in the Chapel of Henry VII, commenced the
+long-looked-for revision of the Authorised Version of God's Holy Word.
+The Old Testament Company commenced their work in the Chapter Library;
+the New Testament Company in the Jerusalem Chamber.
+
+The number of the members in each Company was very nearly the same, viz.
+twenty-seven in the Old Testament Company, and, in nominal attendance,
+twenty-six in the New Testament Company. In the former Company, owing to
+the longer time found necessary for the work (fourteen years), there were
+more changes in the composition of the Company than in the case of the
+latter Company, which completed its work three years and a half before
+its sister Company. At the close of the work on the New Testament
+(1880), the numbers in each Company were twenty-six and twenty-five; but
+owing to various reasons, and especially the distance of many of the
+members from London, the number in actual and regular attendance was
+somewhat reduced as the years went onward. How it fared with the Old
+Testament Company I cannot precisely state. Bishop Harold Browne, after
+his accession to the See of Winchester, was only able to attend twice or
+three times after the year 1875. In that year Bishop Thirlwall died, and
+Bishop Ollivant ceased to attend, but remained a corresponding member
+till his death in 1882. Vacancies, I am informed, were filled up till
+October 1875, after which date no new members were added. The Company,
+however, worked to the very end with great devotion and assiduity. The
+revision occupied 794 days, and was completed in eighty-five sessions,
+the greater part of which were for ten days each, at about six hours a
+day.
+
+I can speak a little more exactly in reference to the New Testament
+Company. The time was shorter, and the changes in the composition of the
+Company were fewer. At the end of the work a record was made out of the
+attendances of the individual members {35}, from which it was easy to
+arrive at the average attendance, which for the whole time was found to
+be as much as sixteen each day. The number of sessions was 101 of four
+days each, and one of three days, making a total of 407 days in all.
+More than 1,200 days were thus devoted to the work of the revision of the
+Authorised Versions of both Testaments. The first revision, in the case
+of the New Testament lasted about six years; the second, two years and a
+half. The remaining two years were spent in the consideration of various
+details and reserved questions, and especially the consideration of the
+suggestions, on our second revision, of the American Revisers, of whose
+work and connexion with the English Revisers it will now be convenient to
+speak.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+The idea of a connexion with America in the great work of revision was
+nearly as early as the movements in Convocation of which an account has
+been given. It appears that, in the session of Convocation in July,
+1870, it was moved in the Lower House by Lord Alwyne Compton (afterwards
+and now Bishop of Ely) that the committee of Convocation should be
+instructed to invite the co-operation of some American divines. This was
+at once agreed to by both Houses, and measures were taken to open
+communications with America. The correspondence was opened by the acting
+Chairman of the New Testament Company (the present writer) in a letter to
+Dr. Angus (dated July 20, 1870 {36}) who was about to visit the United
+States, empowering him to prepare the way for definite action on the part
+of American scholars and divines. This he did in a letter ("Historical
+Account," p. 31) sent round to American scholars, and especially by
+communication with Dr. Philip Schaff of the Bible House at New York, who,
+from the first, had taken the deepest interest in the movement. This
+active and enterprising scholar at once took up the matter, and operated
+so successfully that, as he himself tells us in his valuable and accurate
+"Companion to the Greek Testament and the English Version" (New York,
+1883), a committee of about thirty members was formally organized Dec. 7,
+1871, and entered upon active work on Oct. 4, 1872, after the first
+revision of the Synoptical Gospels had been forwarded by the New
+Testament Company.
+
+Our Old Testament Company was no less active and co-operative. As they
+tell us in the Preface prefixed to their revision, "the first revision of
+the several books of the Old Testament was submitted to the consideration
+of the American Revisers, and, except in the case of the Pentateuch
+(which had been twice gone through prior to co-operation) the English
+Company had the benefit of their criticisms and suggestions before they
+proceeded to the second revision. The second revision was in like manner
+forwarded to America, and the latest thoughts of the American Revisers
+were in the hands of the English Company at their final review." Both
+our English Companies bear hearty testimony to the value derived from the
+co-operation. In the case of the New Testament Company, the "care,
+vigilance, and accuracy" which marked the work of their American brethren
+is distinctly specified.
+
+But little more need be said of the American Companies. They were soon
+fully organized, and, so far as can be judged by the results of their
+work, carefully and judiciously chosen. The Old Testament Company
+consisted of fifteen members, Dr. Green, Professor in Princeton, being
+Chairman: the New Testament Committee consisted of sixteen members, three
+of those who had at first accepted having been obliged, from ill-health
+and stress of local duties, to resign. Dr. Woolsey, Ex-President of Yale
+College, was Chairman, and Bishop Lee, of the Diocese of Delaware, one of
+the most faithful and valuable participators in the work, a member of the
+Company. Dr. Philip Schaff, Professor of Sacred Literature in the Union
+Theological Seminary, New York, was also a member, and was President of
+the whole undertaking, Dr. George Day of Yale College, a member of the
+Old Testament Company, being the general secretary. The two Companies
+met every month (except July and August) in two rooms in the Bible House,
+New York, but without any connexion with the Bible Society, which, as in
+England, could only circulate the Authorised Version.
+
+The American Committee, Dr. Schaff tells us, included representatives of
+nine different denominations, viz. Episcopalians, Presbyterians,
+Congregationalists, Baptists, Methodists and, to the extent of one
+member, Lutherans, Unitarians, and Society of Friends. The Episcopal
+Church of America was applied to by Bishop Wilberforce with the request
+that they would take part in the revision: this was declined. The
+American Church however, as we have already shown, was not wholly
+unrepresented in the work. The whole Committee was obviously much more
+mixed than the English Committee; but it must not be forgotten that
+though the English Companies were chosen by Episcopalians, and
+Episcopalians, as was natural, greatly preponderated, nearly one-third of
+the two Companies were not members of the Church of England. If we
+assume that each Company consisted at any given time of twenty-five
+members, which, as we have seen, would be approximately correct, the
+non-Episcopal members will be found to have been not less than sixteen,
+viz. seven Presbyterians, four Independents or Congregationalists, two
+Baptists, two Wesleyans, and one Unitarian. Be this however as it may,
+it is certain that by the great blessing, we may humbly say, of God the
+Holy Ghost, the greatest possible harmony prevailed in the work both here
+and in America. Here, as is well known, this was the case; and in
+America, to quote one only out of many similar witnesses, one who was
+himself a reviser, and the only pastor in the Company (the Old Testament
+Company), thus gives his experience, "Never, even once, did the _odium
+theologicum_ appear. Nothing was said at any time that required
+retraction or apology {41}."
+
+This brief notice of our American brethren may close with one further
+comment. Their work began, like ours, with reliance on financial aid
+from the many who would be sure to be interested in such an important and
+long-desired work. Help in our case was at once readily proffered, but
+very soon was found not to be necessary, owing to our disposal of
+copyright to the Presses of the two Universities. With the American
+Revisers it was otherwise. During the whole twelve years all the
+necessary expenses of travelling, printing, room-rent, and other
+accessories were, as Dr. Schaff mentions, cheerfully contributed by
+liberal donors from among the friends of biblical revision. There
+remained, however, a grave difficulty. It was plainly impossible that
+such distinguished men as those who formed the two American Companies
+could simply act the part of friendly critics of what was sent over to
+them without being recognized as fellow revisers in the full sense of the
+words. How, however, formally to establish this parity of position was
+found to be very difficult, owing to our connexion with the Presses, who
+had trade rights which had properly to be guarded. The result was much
+friendly negotiation for several months, but without any definite
+adjustment {42a}. At last, by the wise and conciliatory action of the
+Presses an agreement was arrived at in August, 1877 {42b}, by which we on
+this side of the Atlantic were bound not only to send over the various
+stages of our work to our American brethren and carefully to consider all
+their suggestions, but also to sanction the publication in every copy of
+the revision of a list of all the important passages, in regard of text
+and renderings, upon which the English and American Revisers could not
+finally agree. The American Revisers on their part undertook not to
+publish any edition of their own for fourteen years.
+
+The fourteen years have now passed away, but prior to the expiration of
+the time the long-needed marginal references were completed, and in
+September, 1898, were attached to the pages of all the larger English
+copies of the Revised Version of the Holy Scripture, with a short account
+of the sources from which they were derived, and of the circumstances of
+their delayed publication. As they were somewhat closely connected with
+the labours of two of the members of the New Testament Company, and had
+received the general approval of that Company, I had real pleasure in
+presenting to both Houses of Convocation on Feb. 10, 1899, the completed
+body of references, and, in them, the very last portion of every part of
+the work of the Company with which I had so long been connected.
+
+The appearance of the references was very seasonable, as it enabled the
+Universities to acquire copyright for any of the editions _with these
+references_ which they might publish, or cause to be published in
+America. The University Press of Oxford has, I know, acted on this
+right, but whether in conjunction with the Cambridge University Press or
+independently I am not able to say. The right at any rate remains, and
+in the sequel may be of greater importance in America than we may now
+suppose, as it may tend to discourage the spread of altered editions of
+the revision, which from time to time might be brought forward by
+irresponsible publishers {44}.
+
+One subject still remains to be noticed in this portion of my address
+which cannot be passed over--the revision of the Apocrypha. This the
+English revisers were pledged to the University Presses to complete,
+before our connexion with them could be rightfully concluded. This
+revision, as we know, has been completed, though perhaps not in a manner
+that can be considered as completely satisfactory, owing to the want of a
+co-ordinating authority. The arrangement, of which a full and clear
+account will be found in the preface to the published volume, was briefly
+as follows. On March 21, 1879, as the New Testament Company was fast
+approaching the completion of its labours, it was agreed that the Company
+should be divided into three portions, each consisting of eight members,
+to which the names of the London, Westminster, and Cambridge Companies
+were to be respectively assigned. The portion of the work that each of
+the three Companies was to take was settled by lot. To the London
+Company, of which I was a member, the book of Ecclesiasticus was
+assigned; to the Westminster Company, the first book of Maccabees, and
+subsequently the books Tobit and Judith; and to the Cambridge Company,
+the second book of Maccabees and the Wisdom of Solomon.
+
+On the completion of their work, the Old Testament Company assigned to a
+special committee chosen out of their number the remaining books of the
+Apocrypha, viz. 1 and 2 Esdras, the remainder of Esther, Baruch, Song of
+the Three Children, Susanna, Bel and the Dragon, and the Prayer of
+Manasses.
+
+It was agreed that each Company and the above-named committee should go
+through their work twice, but without the two-thirds condition, and that
+each body should send its work when completed round to the rest. The
+times, however, at which the portions were completed were by no means,
+even approximately, the same. The London Company completed its work in
+May, 1883. The Westminster Company finished the first book of Maccabees
+in November, 1881, and the books of Tobit and Judith in October, 1882.
+The Cambridge Company completed its revision of the second book of
+Maccabees in December, 1889, and of the Book of Wisdom, which underwent
+three revisions, in November, 1891. The revision of the remaining books,
+undertaken by the Old Testament Company, does not seem to have been
+completed till even two or three years later. This interval of ten or
+twelve years involved in some of the books, especially in reference to
+Ecclesiasticus, the clear necessity for further revision. This compelled
+me, with the help of my valued friend Dr. Moulton, to go over the work of
+my former Company on my own responsibility, my coadjutors in the work
+having been either called away by death or too seriously ill to help me.
+
+It was thus with some sense of relief that, on the request of those
+connected with the publication of the volume, I presented the Revised
+Version of the Apocrypha to the two Houses of Convocation on February 12,
+1896.
+
+The rise and progress of the desire for a revision of the Authorised
+Version of Holy Scripture has now been set forth as fully as the limits
+of these Addresses permit. What now remains to be specified is what may
+be called the internal history of this Revision, or, in other words, the
+nature and procedure of the work, with such concluding comments as the
+circumstances of the present may appear to suggest.
+
+
+
+
+ADDRESS III.
+HEBREW AND GREEK TEXT.
+
+
+We now pass from what may be called the outward history of the Revision
+to the inward nature and character of the work of the Revisers, and may
+naturally divide that work into two portions--their labours as regards
+the original text, and their labours in regard of rendering and
+translation.
+
+I. First, then, as regards the original text of the Old Testament.
+
+Here the work of the Old Testament Company was very slight as compared
+with that of the New Testament Company. The latter Company had, almost
+in every other verse, to settle upon a text--often involving much that
+was doubtful and debatable--before they proceeded to the further work of
+translating. The Old Testament Company, on the contrary, had ready to
+hand a _textus receptus_ which really deserved the title, and on which,
+in their preface, they write as follows: "The received, or, as it is
+commonly called, the Massoretic text of the Old Testament Scriptures has
+come down to us in manuscripts which are of no very great antiquity, and
+which all belong to the same family or recension. That other recensions
+were at one time in existence is probable from the variations in the
+Ancient Versions, the oldest of which, namely, the Greek or Septuagint,
+was made, at least in part, some two centuries before the Christian era.
+But as the date of knowledge on the subject is not at present such as to
+justify any attempt at an entire reconstruction of the text on the
+authority of the Versions, the Revisers have thought it most prudent to
+adopt the Massoretic text as the basis of their work, and to depart from
+it, as the Authorised Translators had done, only in exceptional cases."
+
+That in this decision the Revisers had exercised the sound judgement
+which marks every part of their work cannot possibly be doubted by any
+competent reader. The Massoretic text has a long and interesting
+history. Its name is derived from a word, Massora (tradition), that
+reminds us of the accumulated traditions and criticisms relating to
+numerous passages of the text, and of the manner in which it was to be
+read, all which were finally committed to writing, and the ultimate
+result of which is the text of which we have been speaking. That the
+formation of the written Massora was a work of time seems a probable and
+reasonable supposition. A very competent writer {50} tells us that this
+formation may have extended from the sixth or seventh to the tenth or
+eleventh century. From the end of this Massoretic period onward the same
+writer tells us that the Massora became the great authority by which the
+text given in all the Jewish manuscripts was settled. All our
+manuscripts, in a word, are Massoretic. Any that were not so were not
+used, and allowed to perish, or, as it has been thought, were destroyed
+as not being in strict accordance with the recognized standards. Whether
+we have sustained any real critical loss by the disappearance of the
+rejected manuscripts it is impossible to say. The fact only remains that
+we have no manuscript of any portion of the Old Testament certainly known
+to be of a date prior to A.D. 916. The Massora, it may be mentioned,
+appears in two forms--the _Massora parva_ and the _Massora magna_. The
+former contains the really valuable portion of the great work, viz., the
+variation technically named K'ri (_read_), and placed in the margin of
+the Hebrew Bibles. This was to be substituted for the corresponding
+portion in the text technically named C'thib (_written_), and was
+regarded by the Massoretes themselves as the true reading. The _Massora
+magna_ contained the above, and other matter deemed to be of importance
+in reference to the interpretation of the text.
+
+The Revisers inform us that they have generally, though not uniformly,
+rendered the C'thib in the text, and left the K'ri in the margin, with
+the introductory note, "Or, according to another reading," or, "Another
+reading is." When they adopted the K'ri in the text of their rendering,
+they placed the C'thib in the margin if it represented a variation of
+importance.
+
+These things, and others specified in the preface, should be carefully
+attended to by the reader as enabling him to distinguish between the
+different characters of the alternative renderings as specified in the
+margin. Those due to the Massoretes, or, in other words, the K'ris, will
+naturally deserve attention from their antiquity. They are not, however,
+when estimated with reference to the whole of the sacred volume, very
+numerous. In the earliest printed bible they were 1,171 in number, but
+this is generally considered erroneous in excess, 900 being probably much
+nearer the true estimate.
+
+We cannot leave the subject of the Hebrew text without some reference to
+the emendation of it suggested by the Ancient Versions. But little, I
+believe, of a systematic character has, as yet, been accomplished. The
+Revisers mention that they have been obliged, in some few cases of
+extreme difficulty, to depart from the Massoretic text and adopt a
+reading from the Ancient Versions. I regret to observe that it is stated
+by one of those connected with the forthcoming American revision of the
+Old Testament version that in nearly one hundred cases the marginal
+references to the Ancient Versions will be omitted. Reasons are given,
+but these could hardly have escaped the knowledge and observation of the
+learned men by whom the references were inserted. The Revisers also
+mention that where the Versions appeared to supply a very probable,
+though not so absolutely necessary, correction as displacement of the
+Massoretic text, they have still felt it proper to place the reading in
+the margin.
+
+This recognition of the critical importance of the Ancient Versions by
+the Revisers, though obviously in only a limited number of cases, seems
+to indicate the great good that may be expected from a more complete and
+systematic use of these ancient authorities in reference to the current
+text of the Old Testament. At present the texts implied in them have, I
+believe, never yet been so closely analysed as to enable us to form any
+just estimate of their real critical value. They have been used by
+editors, as in the case of Houbigant, but only in a limited and partial
+manner. Lists, I believe, are accessible of all the more important
+readings suggested or implied by the Versions; but what is needed is far
+more than this. In the first place we require much more trustworthy
+texts of the Versions themselves than are at present at our disposal. In
+the case of the Septuagint we may very shortly look forward to a
+thoroughly revised text; and a similar remark may probably be made in
+reference to the Vulgate, but I am not aware that much has been done in
+the case of the Syriac {53}, and of other versions to which reference
+would have to be made in any great critical attempt, such as a revision
+of the _textus receptus_ of the Old Testament.
+
+If, however, a first need is trustworthy editions of the Versions, a
+second need appears to be a fuller knowledge of the Hebrew material, late
+in regard of antiquity though it may be, than was, at any rate, available
+till very recently. The new edition of the text of the Hebrew Bible by
+Dr. Ginsburg, with its learned and voluminous introduction, may, and
+probably does, supply this fuller knowledge; but as in regard of these
+matters I can speak only as a novice, I can only reproduce the statement
+commonly made by those who have a right to speak on such subjects, that
+the collation of the Hebrew manuscripts that we already possess has been
+far from complete. There appears to have been the feeling that they all
+lead up to the Massoretic text, and that any particular variations from
+it need not be treated over-seriously; and yet surely we must regard it
+as possible that some of these negligible variations might concur with,
+and by their concurrence add weight to, readings already rendered
+probable by the suggestive testimony of the Ancient Versions. It may be
+right for me to add that the whole question was raised in 1886 by Dr.
+Green and Dr. Schaff in a circular letter addressed to distinguished
+Hebrews in Germany and elsewhere. The answers are returned in German
+{55}, and are translated. They are most of them interesting, though not
+very encouraging. The best of them seems to be the answer of Professor
+Strack, of Berlin.
+
+But here I must pause. The use made by the Revisers of these ancient
+documents has called out the foregoing comments, and has awakened the
+hope, which I now venture to express, that the critical use of the
+Versions may be expanded, and form a part of that systematic revision of
+the text of the Old Testament which will not improbably form part of the
+critical labours of the present century.
+
+II. We may now turn to the New Testament, and to the revision of the
+_textus receptus_ of the New Testament which our rules necessitated, and
+which formed a very important and, it may be added, a very anxious part
+of our revision.
+
+And here, at the very outset, one general observation is absolutely
+necessary.
+
+It is very commonly said, and I fear believed by many to be true, that
+the text adopted by the Revisers and afterwards published (in different
+forms) by the two University Presses, hardly differs at all from the
+afterwards published text of the two distinguished scholars and critics,
+one of whom was called from us a few years ago, and the other of whom
+has, to our great sorrow, only recently left us. I allude, of course, to
+the Greek Testament, now of world-wide reputation, of Westcott and Hort.
+What has been often asserted, and is still repeated, is this, that the
+text had been in print for some time before it was finally published, and
+was in the hands of the Revisers almost, if not quite, from the very
+first. It was this, so the statement runs, that they really worked upon,
+and this that they assimilated.
+
+Now this I unhesitatingly declare, as I shall subsequently be able to
+prove, is contrary to the facts of the case. It is perfectly true that
+our two eminent colleagues gave, I believe, to each one of us, from time
+to time, little booklets of their text as it then stood in print, but
+which we were always warned were not considered by the editors themselves
+as final. These portions of their text were given to us, not to win us
+over to adopt it, but to enable us to see each proposed reading in its
+continuity. How these booklets were used by the members of the Company
+generally, I know not. I can only speak for myself; but I cannot
+suppress the conviction that I was acting unconsciously in the same
+manner as the great majority of the Company. I only used the booklets
+for occasional reference. In preparing the portion of the sacred volume
+on which we were to be engaged in the next session of the Company, I took
+due note of the readings as well as of the renderings, but I formed my
+judgement independently on the evidence supplied to me by the notes of
+the critical edition, whether that of Tischendorf or Tregelles, which I
+then was in the habit of using. This evidence was always fully stated to
+the Company, nearly always by Dr. Scrivener, and it was upon the
+discussion of this evidence, and not on the reading of any particular
+editor, on which the decision of the Company was ultimately formed. We
+paid in all cases great attention to the arguments of our two eminent
+colleagues and our experienced colleague, Dr. Scrivener; but each
+question of reading, as it arose, was settled by the votes of the
+Company. The resulting text, as afterwards published by the Oxford
+University Press, and edited by Archdeacon Palmer, was thus the direct
+work of the Company, and may be rightly designated, as it will be in
+these pages, as the Revisers' text.
+
+It is of considerable importance that this should be borne in mind; for,
+in the angry vituperation which was directed against the Revisers' text,
+it was tacitly assumed that this text was practically identical with that
+of Westcott and Hort, and that the difficulties which are to be found in
+this latter text (and some there certainly are) are all to be found in
+the text of the Revisers. How very far such an assumption is from the
+true state of the case can easily be shown by a simple comparison of one
+text with the other. Let us take an example. I suppose there are very
+few who can entertain the slightest doubt that in Acts xii. 35, St. Luke
+tells us that Barnabas and Saul returned _from_ Jerusalem after their
+mission was over, and took with them (from Jerusalem) St. Mark. Now what
+is the reading of Westcott and Hort?--"to Jerusalem" with the Vatican
+Manuscript, and a fair amount of external support. We then turn at once
+to the Revisers' text and find that _from_ ([Greek text]) is maintained,
+in spite of the clever arguments which, in this case, can be urged for an
+intrinsically improbable reading, and, most likely, were urged at the
+time, as I observe that the Revisers have allowed the "to" to appear in a
+margin.
+
+I regret that I have never gone through the somewhat laborious process of
+minutely comparing the Revisers' text with the text of Westcott and Hort,
+but I cannot help thinking that the example I have chosen is a typical
+one, and does show the sort of relations between the two texts, when what
+a recent and competent writer (Dr. Salmon, of Trinity College, Dublin)
+considers to be the difficulties and anomalies and apparent perversities
+in the text of Westcott and Hort are compared with the decisions of the
+Revisers {59}. There are, I believe, only sixty-four passages in the
+whole revision, in which the text of the Revisers, when agreeing with the
+text of Westcott and Hort, has not also the support of Lachmann, or
+Tischendorf, or Tregelles.
+
+I observe that the above-named writer expresses his satisfaction that the
+Revised Version has not superseded the Authorised Version in our Churches
+{60a}, and that things which were read at Rome in the second century may
+still be read in our own Churches in the nineteenth century. This,
+perhaps, is a strong way of expressing his aversion to the text of
+Westcott and Hort, but it is not perfectly clear that the Revisers' text
+has "so closely" followed the authority of these two eminent critics as
+to be open, on Dr. Salmon's part, to the same measure of aversion. Until
+more accurate evidence is forthcoming that the Revisers have shown in
+their text the same sort of studied disregard of Western variations as is
+plainly to be recognized in the text of Westcott and Hort, I can only
+fall back on my persuasion, as one who has put to the vote these critical
+questions very many times, that systematic neglect of Western authority
+cannot fairly be brought home to the Revisers. It is much to be
+regretted then, that in the very opening chapter of his interesting
+volume, Dr. Salmon roundly states that Westcott and Hort exercised a
+"predominating influence" on their colleagues in the revision on the
+question of various readings {60b}, and that "more than half of their
+brother members of the Committee had given no special attention to the
+subject." Now, assuming that the word "Committee" has been here
+accidentally used for the more usual term Company, I am forced to say
+that both statements are really incorrect. I was permitted by God's
+mercy to be present at every meeting of the Company except two, and I can
+distinctly say that I never observed any indication of this predominating
+influence. We knew well that our two eminent colleagues had devoted many
+years of their lives to the great work on which they were engaged; and we
+paid full deference to what they urged on each reading as it came before
+us, but in the end we decided for ourselves. For it must not be
+forgotten that we had an eminent colleague (absent only eight times from
+our 407 meetings) who took a very different view of the critical evidence
+to that of Westcott and Hort, and never failed very fully, and often very
+persuasively, to express it. I am of course alluding to my old friend
+Dr. Scrivener. It was often a kind of critical duel between Dr. Hort and
+Dr. Scrivener, in which everything that could be urged on either side was
+placed before the Company, and the Company enabled to decide on a full
+knowledge of the critical facts and reasonings in reference to the
+reading under consideration.
+
+Now it is also not correct to say of the Company that finally decided the
+question, that more than half "had given no special attention to the
+subject." If this refers to the matter _subsequently_ put forward by Dr.
+Hort in the introductory volume to Westcott and Hort's Greek Testament,
+to the clever and instructive genealogical method, and to the numberless
+applications of it that have given their Greek Testament the pre-eminence
+it deservedly holds--if this be the meaning of the Provost's estimate of
+the critical knowledge of the Company, I should not have taken any
+exception to the words. But if "the subject" refers to the general
+critical knowledge at the time when the Company came together, then I
+must gently protest against an estimate of the general critical
+capabilities of the Company that is, really and truly, incorrect. All
+but three or four are now resting with God, and among these twenty they
+were not few who had a good and full knowledge of the New Testament
+textual criticism of the generation that had just passed away. Among
+them were not only the three experts whom I have mentioned, but editors
+of portions of the New Testament such as Bishop Lightfoot and others,
+principals of large educational colleges both in England and Scotland,
+and scholars like Dean Scott, who were known to take great interest in
+questions of textual criticism. A few of these might almost be
+considered as definitely experts, but all taken together certainly made a
+very competent body to whose independent judgement the settlement of
+difficult critical questions could be safely committed.
+
+And, as I venture to think, the text which has been constructed from
+their decisions, their resultant text as it might be called, will show
+that the Revisers' text is an independent text on which great reliance
+can be placed. It is the text which I always use myself in my general
+reading of the New Testament, and I deliberately regard it as one of the
+two best texts of the New Testament at present extant; the other being
+the cheap and convenient edition of Professor Nestle, bearing the title
+"Novum Testamentum Graece, cum apparatu critico ex editionibus et libris
+manu scriptis collecto. Stuttgart, 1898." This edition is issued by the
+Wurtemberg Bible Society, and will, as I hear, not improbably be adopted
+by our own Bible Society as their Greek Testament of the future.
+
+The reason why I prefer these two texts for the general reading of the
+sacred volume is this, that they both have much in common with the text
+of Westcott and Hort, but are free from those peculiarities and, I fear I
+must add, perversities, which do here and there mark the text of that
+justly celebrated edition. To Doctors Westcott and Hort all faithful
+students of the New Testament owe a debt of lasting gratitude which it is
+impossible to overestimate. Still, in the introductory volume by Dr.
+Hort, assumptions have been made, and principles laid down, which in
+several places have plainly affected the text, and led to the maintenance
+of readings which, to many minds, it will seem really impossible to
+accept. An instance has been given above on page 58, and this is by no
+means a solitary instance.
+
+Having now shown fairly, I hope, and clearly the thoroughly independent
+character of the text which I have called the Revisers' text, I will pass
+onward, and show the careful manner in which it was constructed, and the
+circumstances under which we have it in the continuous form in which it
+has been published by the Press of the University of Oxford.
+
+To do this, it will be necessary to refer to the rule under which we were
+directed to carry out this portion of our responsible work. We had two
+things to do--to revise the Authorised Version, and also to revise under
+certain specified limitations the Greek text from which the Authorised
+Version was made; or, in other words, the fifth edition of Beza's Greek
+Testament, published in the year 1698. The rule under which this second
+portion of our work was to be performed was as follows: "That the text to
+be adopted be that for which the evidence is decidedly preponderating;
+and [let this be noted] that when the text so adopted differs from that
+from which the Authorised Version was made, the alteration be indicated
+in the margin." Such was the rule in regard of the text, and such was
+the instruction as to the mode of notifying any alterations that it might
+have been found necessary to make.
+
+Let us deal first with the direction as to notifying the alterations.
+Now as it was soon found practically impossible to place all the
+alterations in a margin which would certainly be needed for alternative
+renderings, and for such matters as usually appear in a margin, we left
+the University Presses to publish, in such manner as they might think
+most convenient, the deviations from the Greek text presumed to underlie
+the Authorised Version. The Cambridge University Press entrusted to Dr.
+Scrivener the publication of the Received Text with the alterations of
+the Revisers placed at the foot of the page. The Oxford University Press
+adopted the more convenient method of letting the alterations form part
+of the continuous text (the readings they displaced being at the foot of
+the page), and entrusted the editing of the volume to Archdeacon Palmer
+(one of our Company) who, as we know, performed the duty with great care
+and accuracy. Hence the existence of what I term throughout this address
+as the Revisers' text.
+
+We can now turn to the first part of the rule and describe in general
+terms the mode of our procedure. It differs very slightly from the mode
+described in the preface of the Revisers of the Old Testament. The verse
+on which we were engaged was read by the Chairman. The first question
+asked was, whether there was any difference of reading in the Greek text
+which required our consideration. If there was none, we proceeded with
+the second part of our work, the consideration of the rendering. If
+there was a reading in the Greek text that demanded our consideration it
+was at once discussed, and commonly in the following manner. Dr.
+Scrivener stated briefly the authorities, whether manuscripts, ancient
+versions, or patristic citations, of which details most of us were
+already aware. If the alteration was one for which the evidence was
+patently and decidedly preponderating, it was at once adopted, and the
+work went onward. If, however, it was a case where it was doubtful
+whether the evidence for the alteration _was_ thus decidedly
+preponderating, then a discussion, often long, interesting, and
+instructive, followed. Dr. Hort, if present (and he was seldom absent;
+only forty-five times out of the 407 meetings) always took part, and
+finally the vote was taken, and the suggested alteration either adopted
+or rejected. If adopted, due note was taken by the secretary, and, if it
+was thought a case for a margin, the competing reading was therein
+specified. If there was a plain difficulty at coming to a decision, and
+the passage was one of real importance, the decision was not uncommonly
+postponed to a subsequent meeting, and notice duly given to all the
+members of the Company. And so the great work went on to the end of the
+first revision; the members of the Company acquiring more and more
+knowledge and experience, and their decisions becoming more and more
+judicial and trustworthy.
+
+Few, I think, on reading this simple and truthful description, could fail
+to place some confidence in results thus patiently and laboriously
+arrived at. Few, I think, could forbear a smile when they call to mind
+the passionate vituperation which at first was lavished on the critical
+efforts of the Revisers of the text that bears the scarcely correct name
+of the _textus ab omnibus receptus_.
+
+But what I have specified was only the first part of our responsible
+work. By the memoranda of agreement between the English Companies and
+the American Committee, it had to be communicated to the American Company
+of the Revisers of the Authorised Version of the New Testament, among
+whom were some whose names were well and honorably known in connexion
+with textual criticism. Our work, with the American criticisms and
+suggestions, had then to undergo the second revision. The greater part
+of the decisions relating to the text that were arrived at in the first
+revision were accepted as final; but many were reopened at the second
+revision, and the critical experience of the Company, necessarily
+improved as it had been by the first revision, finally tested by the
+two-thirds majority the reopened decisions which at the first revision
+had been carried by simple majorities. The results of this second
+revision were then, in accordance with the agreement, communicated to the
+American Company; but, in the sequel, as will be seen in the lists of the
+final differences between ourselves and the American Company, the
+critical differences were but few, and, so far as I can remember, of no
+serious importance.
+
+The critical labours of the Revisers did not however terminate with the
+second revision. The cases were many where the evidence for the readings
+either adopted or retained in the text was only slightly stronger than
+that of readings which were in competition with it. Of this it was
+obviously necessary that some final intimation should be given to the
+reader, as the subsequent discovery of additional evidence might be held
+by a competent critic to invalidate the right of the adopted reading to
+hold its place in the text. This intimation could only be given by a
+final marginal note, for which, as we know, by the arrangement of the
+University Presses (see p. 66), our page was now available.
+
+These notes were objected to by one of our critics as quite unprecedented
+additions; but it will be remembered that there are such notes in the
+margin of the Authorised Version, though of course few in number
+(thirty-five, according to Dr. Scrivener), textual criticism in 1611
+being only in its infancy.
+
+The necessity for the insertion of such notes was clearly shown in a
+pamphlet that appeared shortly after the publication of the Revised
+Version, and was written by two members of the Company. The three cases
+in which these notes appeared certainly to be required were thus stated
+by the two writers: "First, when the text which seemed to underlie the
+Authorised Version was condemned by a decided preponderance of evidence,
+but yet was ancient in its character, and belonged to an early line of
+transmission. Secondly, when there were such clear tokens of corruption
+in the reading on which the Authorised Version was based, or such a
+consent of authority against it, that no one could seriously argue for
+its retention, but it was not equally clear which of the other competing
+readings had the best claim to occupy the vacant place. In such a case
+there was not, in truth, decidedly preponderant evidence, except against
+the text of Beza, and some notice of this fact seemed to be required by
+critical equity. The third and last case was when the text which, as
+represented in the Authorised Version, was retained because the competing
+reading had not decidedly preponderant evidence (though the balance of
+evidence was in its favour), and so could not under the rule be admitted.
+In such a case again critical equity required a notice of the facts in
+the margin."
+
+This quotation, I may remark in passing, is not only useful in explaining
+when and where marginal notes were demonstrably needed, but also in
+showing how carefully such questions were considered, and how
+conscientiously the rules were observed under which our work was to be
+carried out.
+
+Such were the textual labours of the Company. They were based on, and
+were the results of, the critical knowledge that had been slowly acquired
+during the 115 years that separated the early suggestions of Bentley from
+the pioneer text of Lachmann in 1831; and, in another generation, had
+become expanded and matured in the later texts of Tischendorf, and still
+more so in the trustworthy and consistent text of our countryman
+Tregelles. The labours of these three editors were well known to the
+greater part of the Revisers and generally known to all; and it was on
+these labours, and on the critical methods adopted by these great
+editors, that our own text was principally formed. We of course owed
+much to the long labours of our two eminent colleagues, Dr. Westcott and
+Dr. Hort. Some of us know generally the principles on which they had
+based their yet unpublished text, and were to some extent aware of the
+manner in which they had grouped their critical authorities, and of the
+genealogical method, which, under their expansion of it, has secured for
+their text the widespread acceptance it has met with both at home and
+abroad.
+
+Of these things some of us had a competent knowledge, but the majority
+had no special knowledge of the genealogical method. They did know the
+facts on which it was based--the ascertained trustworthiness of the
+ancient authorities as compared with the later uncial, and the cursive
+manuscripts, the general characteristics of these ancient authorities,
+the alliances that were to be traced between some of them, and the
+countries with which they were particularly connected. This the majority
+knew generally as a part of the largely increased knowledge which the
+preceding forty or fifty years, and the labours of Lachmann, Tischendorf,
+and (so far as he had then published) Tregelles, had placed at the
+disposal of students of the Greek Testament. It was on this general
+knowledge, and not on any portions of a partly printed text, that the
+decisions of the Company were based; these decisions, however, by the
+very nature of the case and the use of common authorities, were
+constantly in accordance with the texts of Lachmann, Tischendorf, and
+Tregelles, and so with the subsequently printed text of Westcott and
+Hort.
+
+Such a text, thus independently formed, and yet thus in harmony with the
+results of the most tested critical researches of our times, has surely
+great claims on our unreserved acceptance, and does justify us in
+strongly pleading that a version of such a text, if faithfully executed,
+should, for the very truth's sake, be publicly read in our Churches.
+
+That the Revised Version has been faithfully executed, will I hope be
+shown fully and clearly in the succeeding chapter. For the present my
+care has been to show that the text of which it is a version, and which I
+have called the Revisers' Text because it underlies their revision, and,
+as such, has been published by the Oxford University Press, is in my
+judgement the best balanced text that has appeared in this country. I
+have mentioned with it (p. 63) the closely similar text of the well-known
+Professor Nestle, but as I have not gone through the laborious task of
+comparing the text, verse by verse, with that of the Revisers, I speak
+only in reference to our own country. I have compared the two texts in
+several crucial and important passages--such for example as St. John i.
+18--and have found them identical. Bishop Westcott, I know, a short time
+before his lamented death, expressed to the Committee of the Bible
+Society his distinct approval of their adopting for future copies of the
+Society's Greek Testament Professor Nestle's text, as published by the
+Wurtemberg Bible Society.
+
+I have now, I trust, fairly shown the independence of the Revisers' Text,
+and have, not without reason, complained of my friend Provost Salmon's
+estimate of its dependence on the text and earnestly exerted influence of
+Dr. Hort and Dr. Westcott. Of course, as I have shown, there is, and
+must be, much that is identical in the two texts; but, to fall back on
+statistics, there are, I believe, more than two hundred places in which
+the two texts differ, and in nearly all of them--if I may venture to
+express my own personal opinion--the reading of the Revisers' Text is
+critically to be preferred. Most of these two hundred places seem to be
+precisely places in which the principles adopted by Westcott and Hort
+need some corrective modifications. Greatly as I reverence the unwearied
+patience, the exhaustive research, and the critical sagacity of these two
+eminent, and now lamented, members of our former Company, I yet cannot
+resist the conviction that Dr. Salmon in his interesting Criticism of the
+Text of the New Testament has successfully indicated three or more
+particulars which must cause some arrest in our final judgement on the
+text of Westcott and Hort.
+
+In the first case it cannot be denied that, in the introductory volume,
+Dr. Hort has shown too distinct a tendency to elevate probable hypotheses
+into the realm of established facts. Dr. Salmon specifies one, and that
+a very far-reaching instance, in which, in the debatable question whether
+there really was an authoritative revision of the so-called Syrian text
+at about A.D. 350, Dr. Hort speaks of this Syrian revision as a _vera
+causa_, as opposed to a hypothetical possibility. This tendency in a
+subject so complicated as that of textual criticism must be taken note of
+by the student, and must introduce some element of hesitation in the
+acceptance of confidently expressed decisions when the subject-matter may
+still be very plainly debatable.
+
+In the second place, in the really important matter of the nomenclature
+of the ancient types of text which, since the days of Griesbach, and to
+some extent before him, have been recognized by all critical scholars, it
+does not seem possible to accept the titles of the fourfold division of
+these families of manuscripts which have been adopted by Westcott and
+Hort. Griesbach, as is well known, adopted the terms Western,
+Alexandrian, and Constantinopolitan, for which there is much to be said.
+Westcott and Hort recognize four groups. To the first and considerably
+the largest they give the title of Syrian, answering to some extent to
+the Constantinopolitan of Griesbach; to the second they continue the
+title of Western; to the third they give the title of Alexandrian, though
+of a numerically more restricted character than the Alexandrian of
+Griesbach; to the fourth, an exceedingly small group, apparently
+consisting of practically not more than two members, they give the title
+of Neutral, as being free alike from Syrian, Western, and Alexandrian
+characteristics. On this Neutral family or group Westcott and Hort lay
+the greatest critical stress, and in it they place the greatest reliance.
+Such is their distribution, and such the names they give to the families
+into which manuscripts are to be divided and grouped.
+
+The objections to this arrangement and to this nomenclature are, as Dr.
+Salmon very clearly shows, both reasonable and serious. In the first
+place, the title Syrian, though Dr. Salmon allows it to pass, is very
+misleading, especially to the student. It is liable to be confounded
+with the term Syriac, with which it has not and is not intended to have
+any special connexion, and it fails to convey the amplitude of the family
+it designates. If it is to be retained at all, it must be with the
+prefix suggested by Dr. Schaff--the group being styled as the
+Graeco-Syrian. But this is of slight moment when compared with the
+serious objections to the term Neutral, as this term certainly tends in
+practice to give to two manuscripts or even, in some cases, to one of
+them (the Codex Vaticanus), a preponderating supremacy which cannot be
+properly conceded when authorities of a high character are found to be
+ranged on the other side. There are also other grave objections which
+are convincingly put forward by Dr. Salmon in the chapter he has devoted
+to the subject of the nomenclature of the two editors.
+
+We shall be wise therefore if we cancel the term Neutral and use the term
+Older Alexandrian, as distinguished from the later Alexandrian, and so
+fall back on the threefold division of Alexandrian (earlier and later),
+Graeco-Syrian, and Western, though for this last-mentioned term a more
+expressive designation may perhaps hereafter be found.
+
+The third drawback to the unqualified acceptance of the text of Westcott
+and Hort is their continuous and studied disregard of Western
+authorities; and this, notwithstanding that among these authorities are
+included the singular and not unfrequently suggestive Codex Bezae--of
+which Dr. Blass has lately made so remarkable a use--the Old Latin
+Version, the Graeco-Latin manuscripts, and, to some extent, the Old
+Syriac Version, all of them authorities to which the designation of
+Western is commonly applied. To this grave drawback Dr. Salmon has
+devoted a chapter to which the attention of the student may very
+profitably be directed. Here I cannot enter into details, but of this I
+am persuaded, that if there should be any fresh discovery of textual
+authorities, it is by no means unlikely that they may be of a Western
+character, and if so, that many decisions in the text of Westcott and
+Hort will have to be modified by some editor of the future. At any rate,
+taking the critical evidence as now we find it, we cannot but feel that
+Dr. Salmon has made out his case, and that in the edition of which now we
+are speaking there has been an undue, and even a contemptuous, disregard
+of Western authorities.
+
+Here I must close this address, yet not without expressing the hope that
+I may have induced some of you, my Reverend Brethren, to look into these
+things for yourselves. Do not be deterred by the thought that to do so
+you must read widely and consult many authorities. This is really not
+necessary for the acquiring of an intelligent interest in the text of the
+Greek Testament. With a good edition (with appended critical
+authorities), whether that of Tischendorf or of Tregelles, and with
+guidance such as that which you will find in the compendious _Companion
+to the Greek Testament_ of Dr. Schaff, you will be able to begin, and
+when you have seriously begun, you will not be, I am persuaded, very
+likely to leave off.
+
+
+
+
+ADDRESS IV
+NATURE OF THE RENDERINGS
+
+
+From the text we now turn to the renderings, and to the general
+principles that were followed, both in the Old and in the New Testament.
+The revision of the English text was in each case subject to the same
+general rule, viz. "To introduce as few alterations as possible into the
+Text of the Authorised Version consistently with faithfulness"; but,
+owing to the great difference between the two languages, the Hebrew and
+the Greek, the application of the rule was necessarily different, and the
+results not easily comparable the one with the other.
+
+It will be best then to consider the renderings in the two Testaments
+separately, and to form the best estimate we can of their character and
+of their subordination to the general rule, with due regard to the widely
+different nature of the structure and grammatical principles of the two
+languages through which God has been pleased to reveal His truth to the
+children of men.
+
+I. We begin then with the Revised Version of the Old Testament, and
+naturally turn for general guidance to the Preface of those who were
+engaged in the long, diversified, and responsible work. Their general
+principles as to departures from the Authorised Version would appear to
+be included in the following clearly-specified particulars. They
+departed from the Authorised Version (_a_) where they did not agree with
+it as to the meaning or construction of a word or sentence; (_b_) where
+it was necessary, for the sake of uniformity, to render such parallel
+passages as were identical in Hebrew by the same English words; (_c_)
+where the English of the Authorised Version was liable to be
+misunderstood by reason of its being archaic or obscure; (_d_) where the
+rendering of an earlier English version seemed preferable; and (_e_)
+where, by an apparently slight change, it was possible to bring out more
+fully the meaning of a passage of which the translation was substantially
+accurate.
+
+These principles, which I have been careful to specify in the exact words
+of the Revisers, will appear to every impartial reader to be fully in
+harmony with the principle of faithfulness; and will be found--if an
+outsider may presume to make a passing comment--to have been carried out
+with pervasive consistency and uniformity.
+
+The Revisers further notice certain particulars of which the general
+reader should take full note, so much of the random criticisms of the
+revised text (especially in the New Testament) having been due to a
+complete disregard in each case of the Preface, and of the reasons given
+for changes which long experience had shown to be both reasonable and
+necessary.
+
+The first particular is the important question of the rendering of the
+word "JEHOVAH." Here the Revisers have thought it advisable to follow
+the usage of the Authorised Version, and not to insert the word uniformly
+in place of "LORD" or "GOD," which words when printed in small capitals
+represent the words substituted by Jewish custom for the ineffable Name
+according to the vowel points by which it is distinguished. To this
+usage the Revisers have steadily adhered with the exception of a very few
+passages in which the introduction of a proper name seemed to be
+required. In this grave matter, as we all probably know, the American
+Company has expressed its dissent from the decision of the English
+Company, and has adopted the proper name wherever it occurs in the Hebrew
+text for "the LORD" and "GOD." Most English readers will agree with our
+Revisers. It may indeed be said, now that we can read the American text
+continuously, that there certainly are many passages in which the proper
+name seems to come upon eye or ear with a serious and appropriate force;
+still the reverence with which we are accustomed to treat what the
+Revisers speak of as "the ineffable Name" will lead most of us to
+sacrifice the passages, where the blessed name may have an impressive
+force, to the reverential uniformity of our Authorised Version, and to
+the latent fear that frequent iteration might derogate from the solemnity
+with which we instinctively clothe the ever-blessed name of Almighty God.
+
+The next particular relates to terms of natural history. Here changes
+have only been made where it was certain that the Authorised Version was
+incorrect, and highly probable that the word substituted was right.
+Where doubt existed, the text was left unchanged, but the alternative
+word was placed in the margin. In regard of other terms, of which the
+old rendering was certainly wrong, as in the case of the Hebrew term
+_Asherah_ (probably the wooden symbol of a goddess), the Revisers have
+used the word, whether in the singular or plural, as a proper name. In
+the case of the Hebrew term "Sheol" (corresponding to the Greek term
+"Hades"), variously rendered in the Authorised Version by the words
+"grave," "pit," and "hell," the Revisers have adopted in the historical
+books the first or second words with a marginal note, "Heb. _Sheol_," but
+in the poetical books they have reversed this arrangement. The American
+Revisers, on the contrary, specify that in all cases where the word
+occurs in the Hebrew text they place it unchanged in the English text,
+and without any margin. The case is a difficult one, but the English
+arrangement is to be preferred, as the reader would not so plainly need a
+preliminary explanation.
+
+The last case that it here seems necessary to allude to is the change
+everywhere of the words "the tabernacle of the congregation" into "the
+tent of meeting," as the former words convey an entirely wrong sense.
+These and the use of several other terms are carefully noted and
+explained by the Revisers, and will, I hope, induce every careful reader
+of their revision to make it his duty to study their prefatory words.
+The almost unavoidable differences between them and the American
+Revisers, as to our own language, are alluded to by them in terms both
+friendly and wise, and may be considered fully to express the sentiments
+of the New Testament Company, by whom the subject is less precisely
+alluded to.
+
+In passing from the Preface to the great work which it introduces, I feel
+the greatest difficulty, as a member of a different Company, in making
+more than a few very general comments. In fact, I should scarcely have
+ventured to do even this, had I not met with a small but very instructive
+volume on the revision of the Authorised Version of the Old Testament
+written by one of the American Revisers, and published at New York some
+fifteen or sixteen years ago. The volume is entitled--perhaps with
+excusable brevity--_A Companion to the Revised Old Testament_. The
+writer was Rev. Dr. Talbot W. Chambers, of the Collegiate Reformed Dutch
+Church of New York, from whose preface I learn that he was the only
+pastor in the Company, the others being professors in theological
+seminaries, and representing seven different denominations and nine
+different institutions. The book is written with great modesty, and as
+far as I can judge, with a good working knowledge of Hebrew. The writer
+disclaims in it the position of speaking in any degree for the Company of
+which he was a member, but mentions that his undertaking was approved of
+by his colleagues, and received the assistance, more or less, of all of
+them. He was a member of the Company during the last ten years of its
+labours.
+
+I can recommend this useful volume to any student of the Old Testament
+who is desirous to see a selected list of the changes made by the
+Revisers in the Pentateuch, Historical Books, Poetical Books, and
+Prophetical Books. These changes are given in four chapters, and in most
+cases are accompanied by explanatory comments, which from their tenor
+often seem to be reminiscences of corporate discussion. I mention these
+particulars as I am not aware of any similar book on the Old Testament
+written by any one of the English Company. If there is such a book, I do
+sincerely hope the writer will forgive me for not having been so
+fortunate as to meet with it.
+
+The remaining comments I shall venture to make on the rendering of the
+Old Testament will rest on the general knowledge I have acquired of this
+carefully-executed and conservative revision, and on some consideration
+of the many illustrations which Dr. Chambers has selected in his
+interesting manual. The impression that has long been left on my mind by
+the serious reading of the Old Testament in the Revised Version is that
+not nearly enough has been said of the value of the changes that have
+been made, and of the strong argument they furnish for the reading of the
+Revision in the public services of the Church. Let any serious person
+read the Book of Job with the two English versions in parallel columns,
+and form a sober opinion on the comparison--his judgement I am confident
+will be, that if the Revision of this Book be a fair sample of the
+Revision generally, our congregations have a just right to claim that the
+Revised Version of the Old Testament should be publicly read in their
+churches. Ours is a Bible-loving country, and the English Bible in its
+most correct form can never be rightly withheld from our public
+ministrations.
+
+I shall now close this portion of the present Address with a few comments
+on the four parts of the Revision to which I have already alluded--the
+Pentateuch, and the Historical, Poetical, and Prophetical Books of the
+Old Testament.
+
+What the careful reader of Genesis will not fail to observe is the number
+of passages in which comparatively small alterations give a new light to
+details of the sacred narrative which, in general reading, are commonly
+completely overlooked. A new colouring, so to speak, is given to the
+whole, and rectifications of prevailing conceptions not unfrequently
+introduced, either in the text or, as often happens, by means of the
+margin, where they could hardly have been anticipated. The prophecy of
+Jacob as to the future of his children (chap. xlix) will supply an
+instance. In the character of Reuben few of us would understand more
+than general unsteadiness and changefulness in purpose and in act, but a
+glance at the margin will show that impulse and excitability were plainly
+elements in his nature which led him into the grievous and hateful sin
+for which his father deposed him from the excellency of a first-born.
+
+What has been said of the Book of Genesis is equally applicable to the
+remainder of the Pentateuch. The object throughout is elucidation, not
+simply correction of errors but removal of obscurity, if not by changes
+introduced into the printed text, yet certainly always by the aid of the
+margin; as, for example, in the somewhat difficult passage of Exodus
+xvii. 16, where really, it would seem, that the margin might rightly have
+had its place in the text. Sometimes the correction of what might seem
+trivial error, as in Exodus xxxiv. 33, gives an intelligible view of the
+whole details of the circumstance specified. Moses put on the veil after
+he had ceased speaking with them. While he was speaking to them he was
+speaking as God's representative. In Numbers xi. 25 the correction of a
+mistranslation removes what might otherwise lead to a very grave
+misconception, viz. that the gift of prophecy was continuous in the case
+of the whole elderhood. In the chapters relating to Balaam,
+independently of the alterations that are made in the language of his
+remarkable utterances, the mere fact of their being arranged rhythmically
+could not fail to cause the public reader, almost unconsciously, to
+change his tone of voice, and to make the reading of the prophecy more
+distinct and impressive. Among many useful changes in Deuteronomy one
+may certainly be noticed (chap. xx. 19), in which the obscure and
+difficult clause in regard of the tree in the neighbourhood of the
+besieged city is made at any rate intelligible.
+
+In the historical books attention may be particularly called to the Song
+of Deborah and Barak, in which there are several important and
+elucidatory corrections, and in which the rhythmic arrangement will be
+felt to bear force and impressiveness both to reader and to hearer. In
+the remaining Books changes will be found fewer in number and less
+striking; but occasionally, as for example in 1 Kings xx. 27, we come
+across changes that startle us by their unlooked-for character, but
+which, if correct, add a deeper degradation to the outpoured blood of
+Ahab in the pool of Samaria.
+
+Of the poetical Books, I have already alluded to the Book of Job and to
+the high character of the Revision. The changes in this noble poem are
+many, and were especially needed, for the rendering of the Book of Job
+has always been felt to be one of the weakest portions of the great work
+of the Revisers of 1611. Illustrations I am unable to give, in a cursory
+notice like the present, but I may again press the Revisers' version of
+this deeply interesting Book on the serious attention of every earnest
+student of the Old Testament.
+
+It is difficult to say much on the Revised Version of the Book of Psalms,
+as Coverdale's Version, as we have it in our Prayer Book, so completely
+occupies the foreground of memory and devotional interest, that I fear
+comparatively few study the Bible Version or the careful and conservative
+work of the Revisers. This Revision, however, of the version of the Book
+of Psalms deserves more attention than it appears to have received. Not
+only will the faithful reader find in it the necessary corrections of the
+version of 1611, but clear guidance as to the meaning of the sometimes
+utterly unintelligible renderings of the version of the Great Bible which
+still holds its place in our Prayer Books. To take two examples: let the
+reader look at the Authorised Version and Prayer Book Version of Psalm
+lxviii. 16, and of lxxxiv. 5, 6, and contrast with both the rendering of
+the Revised Version. This last-mentioned rendering will be found, as I
+have said, to correct the Authorised Version, and (especially in the
+second passage) to remove what is unintelligible in the Prayer Book
+version. It may thus be used by the Prayer Book reader of the Psalms as
+a ready and easily accessible means of arriving at the real meaning of
+the many ambiguities and obscurities which long familiarity with the
+Prayer Book Version has led him to pass over without any particular
+notice. The revision of the Prayer Book Version has been long felt to be
+a very real necessity. To read and to hear read in the daily services of
+the Church what, in parts, cannot be understood can never be spiritually
+good for reader or hearer. And yet, such is the really devout
+conservatism of the bulk of our congregations, that though a careful
+revision, sympathetically executed, has been strongly urged by some of
+our most earnest scholars and divines, it is more than doubtful whether
+such a revision ever will be carried out. If this be so, it only remains
+for us so to encourage, in our schools and in our Bible classes, the
+efficient explanatory help of the Revised Version. If this is steadily
+done, nearly all that is at present obscure or unintelligible in the
+Prayer Book Version will no longer remain so to the greater part of our
+worshippers.
+
+Of the remaining Poetical Books the revision of the Authorised Version of
+the Song of Solomon must be specially noticed. In the common version the
+dramatic element is almost entirely lost, the paragraphs are imperfectly
+noted, and obscurities not a few the inevitable consequence. In a large
+degree these serious imperfections are removed, and the whole tenor of
+this exquisite poem made clear to the general reader. The margin will
+show the great care bestowed on the poem by the Revisers; and the fewness
+and trifling nature of the changes maintained by the American Company
+will also show, in a confessedly difficult Book, the somewhat remarkable
+amount of the agreement between the two Companies. On the Prophetical
+Books I do not feel qualified to speak except in very general terms; and
+for illustrations must refer the reader to the large list of the
+corrected renderings, especially of the prophecy of Isaiah, in the useful
+work of Dr. Chambers, who has devoted at least eleven pages to the
+details of the Revisers' work on the Evangelist of the Old Covenant. The
+impression which the consideration of these details leaves on the mind of
+the reader will be, I am confident, the same as that which is I believe
+felt by all professed Hebrew scholars who have examined the version, viz.
+that it is not only faithful and thorough, but often rises to a very high
+level of poetic utterance. Let any one read aloud in the Revised Version
+the well-known passage, chap. xiv. 12-23, already nobly rendered in the
+Old Version, and ask himself if the seemingly slight and trivial changes
+have not maintained this splendid utterance at a uniform height of
+sustained and eloquent vigour.
+
+In the prophecies of Jeremiah and Ezekiel the changes are less striking
+and noticeable, not however from any diminished care in the work of
+revision, but from the tenor of the prophecies being less familiar to the
+general reader. Four pages of instructive illustrations are supplied by
+Dr. Chambers in the case of each of the two prophecies. The more
+noticeable changes in Daniel and Hosea are also specified by Dr.
+Chambers, but the remainder of the minor prophets, with perhaps the
+exception of Habakkuk, are passed over with but little illustrative
+notice. A very slight inspection however of these difficult prophecies
+will certainly show two things--first, that the Revisers of 1611 did
+their work in this portion of Holy Scripture less successfully than
+elsewhere; secondly, that the English and American Revisers--between whom
+the differences are here noticeably very few--laboured unitedly and
+successfully in keeping their revision of the preceding version of these
+prophecies fully up to the high level of the rest of their work.
+
+II. I now pass onward to the consideration of the renderings in the
+Revised Version of the New Testament.
+
+The object and purpose of the consideration will be exactly the same, as
+in the foregoing pages, to show the faithful thoroughness of the
+Revision, but the manner of showing this will be somewhat different to
+the method I have adopted in the foregoing portion of this Address. I
+shall not now bring before you examples of the faithful and suggestive
+accuracy of the revision, for to do this adequately would far exceed the
+limits of these Addresses; and further, if done would far fall short of
+the instructive volume of varied and admirably arranged illustrations
+written only four years ago by a member of the Company {96}, now, alas,
+no longer with us, of which I shall speak fully in my next Address.
+
+What I shall now do will be to show that the principles on which the
+version of the New Testament was based have been in no degree affected by
+the copious literature connected with the language of the Greek Testament
+and its historical position which has appeared since the Revision was
+completed. It is only quite lately that the Revisers have been
+represented as being insufficiently acquainted, in several particulars,
+with the Greek of the New Testament, and in a word, being twenty years
+behind what is now known on the subject {97}. Such charges are easily
+made, and may at first sight seem very plausible, as the last fifteen or
+twenty years have brought with them an amount of research in the language
+of the Greek Testament which might be thought to antiquate some results
+of the Revision, and to affect to some extent the long labours of those
+who took part in it. The whole subject then must be fairly considered,
+especially in such an Address as the present, in which the object is to
+set forth the desirableness and rightfulness of using the version in the
+public services of the Church.
+
+But first a few preliminary comments must be made on the manner and
+principles in which the changes of rendering have been introduced into
+the venerable Version which was intrusted to us to be revised.
+
+The foremost principle to be alluded to is the one to which we adhered
+steadily and persistently during the whole ten years of our labour--the
+principle of faithfulness to the original language in which it pleased
+Almighty God that His saving truth should be revealed to the children of
+men. As the lamented Bishop of Durham says most truly and forcibly in
+his instructive "Lessons on the Revised Version of the New Testament
+{98a};" "Faithfulness, the most candid and the most scrupulous, was the
+central aim of the Revisers {98b}." Faithfulness, but to what?
+Certainly not to "the sense and spirit of the original {98b}," as our
+critics contended must have been meant by the rule,--but to the original
+in its plain grammatical meaning as elicited by accurate interpretation.
+This I can confidently state was the intended meaning of the word when it
+appeared in the draft rule that was submitted to the Committee of
+Convocation. So it was understood by them; and so, I may add, it was
+understood by the Company, because I can clearly remember a very full
+discussion on the true meaning of the word at one of the early meetings
+of the Company. Some alteration had been proposed in the rendering of
+the Greek to which objection was made that it did not come under the rule
+and principle of faithfulness. This led to a general, and, as it proved,
+a final discussion. Bishop Lightfoot, I remember, took an earnest part
+in it. He contended that our revision must be a true and thorough one;
+that such a meeting as ours could not be assembled for many years to
+come, and that if the rendering was plainly more accurate and more true
+to the original, it ought not to be put aside as incompatible with some
+supposed aspect of the rule of faithfulness. Proposals were often set
+aside without the vote being taken, on the ground that it was not "worth
+while" to make them, and in a trivial matter to disturb recollection of a
+familiar text; but the non-voting resulted from the proposal being
+withdrawn owing to the mind of the Company being plainly against it, and
+not from any direct appeal to the principle of faithfulness. If the
+proposal was pressed, the vote of the Company was always taken, and the
+matter authoritatively settled.
+
+The contention, often very recklessly urged, that the Revisers
+deliberately violated the principles under which the work was committed
+to them is thus, to use the kindest form of expression, entirely
+erroneous. I have dwelt upon this matter because when properly
+understood it clears away more than half of the objections that have been
+urged against our Revision. Of the remainder I cannot but agree with
+good Bishop Westcott that no criticism of the Revision--and the
+criticisms were of every form and kind "pedantry, spiritless literality,
+irritating triviality, destroyed rhythm," and so forth--no criticism ever
+came upon us by surprise. The Revisers, as the Bishop truly says, heard
+in the Jerusalem Chamber all the arguments against their conclusions they
+have heard since; and he goes on to say that no restatement of old
+arguments had in the least degree shaken his confidence in the general
+results. Such words from one now, alas, no longer with us, but whose
+memory we cherish as one of the most wide-minded as well as truth-seeking
+of the biblical scholars of our own times, may well serve to reassure the
+partially hesitating reader of the Revised Version of its real
+trustworthiness and fidelity. But we must not confine our attention
+simply to the renderings that hold a place in the text of the Revised
+Version. We must take into our consideration a very instructive portion
+of the work of the Revisers which is, I fear, utterly neglected by the
+general reader--the alternative readings and renderings that hold a place
+in the margin, and form an integral portion of the Revision. Though we
+are now more particularly considering the renderings, I include here the
+marginal readings, as the relation of the margins to the Version could
+hardly be fully specified without taking into consideration the margin in
+its entirety. As readers of the Preface to the New Testament (very few,
+I fear, to judge by current criticisms) will possibly remember,
+alternative readings and renderings were prohibited in the case of the
+Authorised Version, but, as we know, the prohibition was completely
+disregarded, some thirty-five notes referring to readings, and probably
+more than five hundred to alternative renderings. In the fundamental
+rules of Convocation for the Revision just the opposite course was
+prescribed, and, as we know, freely acted on.
+
+These alternative readings and renderings must be carefully considered,
+as in the case of renderings much light is often thrown on the true
+interpretation of the passage, especially in the more difficult portions
+of the New Testament. Their relation however to the actually accepted
+Version must not be exaggerated, either in reference to readings or
+renderings. I will make plain what I mean by an example. Dr. Westcott
+specifies a reading of importance in John i. 18 where he states that the
+reading in the margin ("God only begotten") did in point of fact express
+the opinion of the majority of the Company, but did not appear in the
+text of the Version because it failed to secure the two-thirds majority
+of those present at the final revision. This, perhaps, makes a little
+too much of an acceptance at a somewhat early period of the labours of
+the Company. So far as I remember the case, the somewhat startling
+alteration was accepted at the first revision (when the decision was to
+be by simple majorities), but a margin was granted, which of course
+continued up to the second revision. At that revision the then text and
+the then margin changed places. Dr. Hort, I am well aware, published an
+important pamphlet on the subject, but I have no remembrance that the
+first decision on the reading was alluded to, either at the second
+revision or afterwards, in any exceptional manner. It did but share the
+fate of numberless alterations at the first revision that were not
+finally confirmed.
+
+The American Revisers, it will be observed, agree as to the reading in
+question with their English brethren; and the same too is the judgement
+of Professor Nestle in his carefully edited Greek Testament to which I
+have already referred.
+
+I have dwelt upon this particular case, because though I am especially
+desirous to encourage a far greater attention to the margin than it has
+hitherto received, I am equally desirous that the margin should not be
+elevated above its real position. That position is one of subordination
+to the version actually adopted, whether when maintaining the older form
+or changing it. It expresses the judgement of a legal, if not also of a
+numerical, minority, and, in the case of difficult passages (as in Rom.
+ix. 4), the judgement of groups which the Company, as a whole, deemed
+worthy of being recorded. But, not only should the margin thus be
+considered, but the readings and renderings preferred by the American
+Committee, which will often be found suggestive and helpful. These, as
+we know, are now incorporated in the American Standard Edition of the
+Revised Bible; and the result, I fear, will be that the hitherto familiar
+Appendix will disappear from the smaller English editions of the Revised
+Version of the Old and New Testament. It is perhaps inevitable, but it
+will be a real loss. All I can hope is that in some specified English
+editions of the Old and New Testament each Appendix will regularly be
+maintained, and that this token of the happy union of England and America
+in the blessed work of revising their common version of God's holy Word
+will thus be preserved to the end.
+
+But we must now pass onward to considerations very closely affecting the
+renderings of the Revised Version of the Greek Testament.
+
+I have already said that very recently a new and unexpected charge has
+been brought against the Revisers of the Authorised Version. And the
+charge is no less than this, that the Revisers were ignorant in several
+important particulars of the language from which the version was
+originally made that they were appointed to revise.
+
+Now in meeting a charge of this nature, in which we may certainly notice
+that want of considerate intelligence which marks much of the criticism
+that has been directed against our revision, it seems always best when
+dealing with a competent scholar who does not give in detail examples on
+which the criticism rests, to try and understand his point of view and
+the general reasons for his unfavourable pronouncement. And in this case
+I do not think it difficult to perceive that the imputation of ignorance
+on the part of the Revisers has arisen from an exaggerated estimate of
+the additions to our knowledge of New Testament Greek which have
+accumulated during the twenty years that have passed away since the
+Revision was completed. If this be a correct, as it is certainly a
+charitable, estimate of the circumstances under which ignorance has been
+imputed to us in respect of several matters relating to the Greek on
+which we were engaged, let us now leave our critics, and deal with these
+reasonable questions. First, what was the general knowledge, on the part
+of the Revisers, of the character and peculiarities of New Testament
+Greek? Secondly, what is the amount of the knowledge relative to New
+Testament Greek that has been acquired since the publication of the
+revision? and thirdly, to what extent does this recently acquired
+knowledge affect the correctness and fidelity of the renderings that have
+been adopted by the Revisers? If these three questions are plainly
+answered we shall have dealt fully and fairly with the doubts that have
+been expressed or implied as to the correctness of the revision.
+
+First, then, as to the general knowledge which the revisers had of the
+character and peculiarities of the Greek of the New Testament.
+
+This question could not perhaps be more fairly and correctly dealt with
+than by Bishop Westcott in the opening words of his chapter on Exactness
+in Grammatical Detail, in the valuable work to which I have already
+referred. What he states probably expresses very exactly the general
+view taken by the great majority, if not by all, of the Revisers in
+regard of the Greek of the New Testament. What the Bishop says of the
+language is this: "that it is marked by unique characteristics. It is
+separated very clearly, both in general vocabulary and in construction,
+from the language of the LXX, the Greek Version of the Old Testament,
+which was its preparation, and from the Greek of the Fathers which was
+its development {106}."
+
+If we accept this as a correct statement of the general knowledge of the
+Revisers as to the language of the Greek Testament, we naturally ask
+further, on what did they rely for the correct interpretation of it. The
+answer can readily be given, and it is this: Besides their general
+knowledge of Greek which, in the case of the large majority, was very
+great, their knowledge of New Testament Greek was distinctly influenced
+by the grammatical views of Professor Winer, of whose valuable grammar of
+the Greek Testament one of our Company, as I have mentioned in my first
+Address, had been a well-known and successful translator. Though his
+name was not very frequently brought up in our discussions, the influence
+his grammar exerted among us, directly and indirectly, was certainly
+great; but it went no further than grammatical details. His obvious
+gravitation to the idea of New Testament Greek forming a sort of separate
+department of its own probably never was shared, to any perceptible
+extent, by any one of us. We did not enter very far into these matters.
+We knew by every day's working experience that New Testament Greek
+differed to some extent from the Greek to which we had been accustomed,
+and from the Septuagint Greek to which from time to time we referred.
+But further than this we did not go, nor care to go. We had quite enough
+on our hands. We had a very difficult task to perform, we had to revise
+under prescribed conditions a version which needed revision almost in
+every verse, and we had no time to enter into questions that did not then
+appear to bear directly on our engrossing and responsible work.
+
+But now it must be distinctly admitted that recent investigation and, to
+a certain extent, recent discoveries have cast so much new light on New
+Testament Greek that it becomes a positive duty to take into
+consideration what has been disclosed to us by the labours of the last
+fifteen years as to New Testament Greek, and then fairly to face the
+question whether the particular labours of the Revisers have been
+seriously affected by it. Let us bear in mind, however, that it may be
+quite possible that a largely increased knowledge of the position which
+what used to be called Biblical Greek now occupies may be clearly
+recognized, and yet only comparatively few changes necessitated by it in
+syntactic details and renderings. But let us not anticipate. What we
+have now to do is to ascertain the nature and amount of the disclosures
+and new knowledge to which I have alluded.
+
+This may be briefly stated as emanating from a very large amount of
+recent literature on post-classical Greek, and from a careful and
+scientific investigation of the transition from the earlier
+post-classical to the later, and thence to the modern Greek of the
+present time. Such an investigation, illustrated as it has been by the
+voluminous collection of the Inscriptions, and the already large and
+growing collection of the Papyri, has thrown indirectly considerable
+light on New Testament Greek, and has also called out three works, each
+of a very important character, and posterior to the completion of the
+Revision, which deal directly with the Greek of the New Testament. These
+three works I will now specify.
+
+The first, which is still in progress, and has not, I think, yet received
+a translator, is the singularly accurate, and in parts corrective,
+edition of Winer's "Grammar" by Prof. Schmiedel. The portion on the
+article is generally recognized as of great value and importance.
+
+The second work is the now well-translated "Bible Studies" of Dr.
+Deissmann of Heidelberg {109}. This remarkable work, of which the full
+title is "Contributions, chiefly from Papyri and Inscriptions, to the
+History of the Language, the Literature, and the Religion of Hellenistic
+Judaism, and Primitive Christianity," contains not only a clear estimate
+of the nature of New Testament Greek, but also a large and instructive
+vocabulary of about 160 words and expressions in the New Testament, most
+of which receive in varying degrees illustration from the Papyri, and
+other approximately contemporary sources. It must be noted, however,
+that the writer himself specifies that his investigations "have been, in
+part, arranged on a plan which is polemical {110a}." This avowal must,
+to some extent, affect our full acceptance of all the results arrived at
+in this striking and laborious work.
+
+The third work is a "Grammar of New Testament Greek" by the well-known
+and distinguished scholar, Dr. Blass, and is deserving of the fullest
+attention from every earnest student of the Greek Testament. It has been
+excellently translated by Mr. St. John Thackeray, of the Education
+Department {110b}. It is really hardly possible to speak too highly of
+this helpful and valuable work. Its value consists in this--that it has
+been written, on the one hand, by an accomplished classical scholar, and,
+on the other hand, by one who is thoroughly acquainted with the
+investigations of the last fifteen years. As his Introduction clearly
+shows, he fully accepts the estimate that is now generally entertained of
+the Greek of the New Testament, viz. that it is no isolated production,
+as regards language, that had no historic relation to the Greek of the
+past or of the future. It was not, to any great extent, derived from the
+Greek _translations_ of the Old Testament--often, as Dr. Blass says,
+slavishly literal--nor from the literary language of the time, but was
+the spoken Greek of the age to which it belonged, modified by the
+position and education of the speaker, and also to some extent, though by
+no means to any large extent, by the Semitic element which, from time to
+time, discloses itself in the language of the inspired writers. This
+last-written epithet, which I wittingly introduce, must not be lost sight
+of by the Christian student.
+
+Dr. Blass quite admits that the language of the Greek Testament may be
+rightly treated in connexion with the discoveries in Egypt furnished by
+the Papyri; but he has also properly maintained elsewhere {111} that the
+books of the New Testament form a special group _to be primarily
+explained by itself_. Greatly as we are indebted to Dr. Deissmann for
+his illustrations, especially in regard of vocabulary, we must read with
+serious caution, and watch all attempts to make Inscriptions or Papyri do
+the work of an interpretation of the inner meaning of God's Holy Word
+which belongs to another realm, and to the self-explanations which are
+vouchsafed to us in the reverent study of the Book--not of Humanity (as
+Deissmann speaks of the New Testament) {112} but of--Life.
+
+I have now probably dealt sufficiently with the second of the three
+questions which I have put forward for our consideration. I have stated
+the general substance of the knowledge which has been permitted to come
+to us since the revision was completed. I now pass onward to the third
+and most difficult question equitably to answer, "To what extent does
+this newly-acquired knowledge affect the correctness and fidelity of the
+revision of the Authorised Version of the New Testament?" It is easy
+enough to speak of "ignorance" on the part of the Revisers, especially
+after what I have specified in the answer to the question on which we
+have just been meditating; but the real and practical question is this,
+"If the Revisers had all this knowledge when they were engaged on their
+work, would it have materially affected their revision?"
+
+To this more limited form of the question I feel no difficulty in
+replying, that I am fully and firmly persuaded that it would _not_ have
+materially affected the revision; and my grounds for returning this
+answer depend on these two considerations: first, that the full knowledge
+which some of us had of Winer's Grammar, and the general knowledge that
+was possessed of it by the majority, certainly enabled us to realize that
+the Greek on which we were engaged, while retaining very many elements of
+what was classical, had in it also not only many signs of post-classical
+Greek, but even of usages which we now know belong to later developments.
+These later developments, all of which are, to some extent, to be
+recognized in the Greek Testament, such as the disappearance of the
+optative, the use of [Greek text] with the subjunctive in the place of
+the infinitive, the displacement of [Greek text], the interchange of
+[Greek text] and [Greek text], of [Greek text] and [Greek text], the use
+of compound forms without any corresponding increase of meaning, the
+extended usage of the aorist, the wider sphere of the accusative, and
+many similar indications of later Greek--all these were so far known to
+us as to exercise a cautionary influence on our revision, and to prevent
+us overpressing the meaning of words and forms that had lost their
+original definiteness.
+
+My second reason for the answer I have given to the question is based on
+the accumulating experience we were acquiring in our ten years of labour,
+and our instinctive avoidance of renderings which in appearance might be
+precise, but did in reality exaggerate the plain meaning intended by the
+Greek that we were rendering. Sometimes, but only rarely, we fell into
+this excusable form of over-rendering. Perhaps the concluding words of
+Mark xiv. 65 will supply an example. At any rate, the view taken by
+Blass {114} would seem to suggest a less literal form of translation.
+
+When I leave the limited form of answer, and face the broad and general
+question of the extent to which our recently-acquired knowledge affects
+the correctness and fidelity of the revision, I can only give an answer
+founded on an examination of numerous passages in which I have compared
+the comments of Dr. Blass in his Grammar, and of Dr. Deissmann in his
+"Bible Studies with the renderings of the Revisers." And the answer is
+this, that the number of cases in which any change could reasonably be
+required has been so small, so very small, that the charge of any real
+ignorance, on the part of the Revisers, of the Greek on which they were
+engaged, must be dismissed as utterly and entirely exaggerated. We have
+now acquired an increased knowledge of the character of the Greek of the
+New Testament, and of the place it holds in the historical transition of
+the language from the earlier post-classical to the later developments of
+the language, but this knowledge, interesting and instructive as it may
+be, leaves the principles of correctly translating it practically intact.
+In this latter process we must deal with the language of the Greek
+Testament as we would deal with the language of any other Greek book, and
+make the book, as far as we have the means of doing so, its own
+interpreter.
+
+Having thus shown in broad and general terms, as far as I have been able
+to do so, that we may still, notwithstanding the twenty years that have
+passed away, regard the Revised Version of the Greek Testament as a
+faithfully executed revision, and its renderings such as may be accepted
+with full Christian confidence, I now turn to the easier, but not less
+necessary, duty of bringing before you some considerations why this
+Version and, with it, the Revised Version of the Old Testament, should be
+regularly used in the public services of our Mother Church.
+
+
+
+
+ADDRESS V.
+PUBLIC USE OF THE VERSION.
+
+
+We have now traced the external, and to some extent the internal history
+of Revision from the time, some fifty years ago, when it began to occupy
+the thoughts of scholars and divines, down to the present day.
+
+We have seen the steady advance in Church opinion as to its necessity;
+its earliest manifestations, and the silent progress from what was
+tentative and provisional to authoritative recognition, and to carefully
+formulated procedures under the high and venerable sanction of the two
+Houses of the Convocation of Canterbury. We have further seen how the
+movement extended to America, and how some of the best scholars and
+divines of that Christian country co-operated with those of our own
+country in the arduous and responsible work of revising their common
+heritage, the Version of God's most Holy Word, as set forth by authority
+290 years ago. We have noted too, that in this work not less than one
+hundred scholars and divines were engaged--for fourteen years in the case
+of the Old Testament, and for ten years in the case of the New
+Testament--and that this long period of labour and study was marked by
+regularly appointed and faithfully kept times of meeting, and by the
+interchange with the Revisers on the other side of the Atlantic of
+successive portions of the work, until the whole was completed.
+
+And this Revision, as we have seen, has included a full consideration of
+the text of the original languages as well as of the renderings. In the
+Old Testament, adherence to the Massorite Text has left only a very
+limited number of passages in which consideration of the ancient Version
+was deemed to be necessary; but, in the New Testament, as we well know,
+questions of textual criticism occupied a large portion of the time and
+attention of the Revisers, both here and in America. In regard of the
+renderings, we have seen the care and thoroughness with which the
+Revision was carried out, the marginal notes in both Testaments showing
+convincingly, especially on the more difficult passages, how every
+rendering that could be regarded as in any degree probable received its
+full share of consideration. Finally, it must not be forgotten that, in
+the case of the New Testament, the serious question whether the research
+in New Testament Greek since the Revision was completed has, to any
+appreciable extent, affected the suggestive light and truth of really
+innumerable corrections and changes--this too has been faced, and the
+charge fairly met, that just conclusions drawn from the true nature of
+the Greek, gravely affecting interpretation, have been ignored by the
+Revisers.
+
+So much of the latter part of the last Address has been taken up with
+this necessary duty of showing that the changes in renderings cannot be
+invalidated by _a priori_ considerations founded on the alleged
+insufficient knowledge, on the part of the Revisers, of the nature of the
+Greek they were translating, that I have not cited examples of the
+light-giving and often serious nature of the changes made in the
+Authorised Version. This I regretted at the time; but a little
+consideration showed me that it was much better for the cause in which I
+am engaged that I should refer you for illustrations of the nature and
+value of the renderings in the Revised Version of the New Testament to a
+singularly fruitful and helpful volume, published only four years ago,
+and so subsequently to the researches in New Testament Greek of which I
+have spoken. This volume was written by a member of our Company--now,
+alas, no longer with us--whose knowledge of the Greek language, whether
+of earlier or of later date, no one could possibly doubt. I allude to
+the "Lessons of the Revised Version of the New Testament," by Dr.
+Westcott, a volume that has not yet received the full attention which its
+remarkable merits abundantly claim, for it.
+
+Of this volume I shall speak more fully later on in this Address, my
+object now being to set forth the desirableness, I might even say the
+duty, of using the Revised Version in the Public Services of the Church.
+
+After the summary I have just given of the external history of this great
+movement, does not the question come home to us, Why has all this been
+done? For what have the hundred labourers in the great work freely given
+their time and their energies during the four and twenty years (speaking
+collectively) that were spent on the work? For what did the venerable
+Convocation of our Province give the weight of its sanction and authority
+when it drew up the fundamental rules in accordance with which all has
+been done? Can there be any other answer than this? All has been done
+to bring the truth of God's most Holy Word more faithfully and more
+freshly home to the hearts and consciences of our English-speaking
+people. And if this be so, how are ministers of this Holy Word to answer
+the further question, When we are met together in the House of God to
+hear His word and His message of salvation to mankind, how hear we it?
+In the traditional form in which it has been heard for wellnigh three
+hundred years, or in a form on which, to ensure faithfulness and
+accuracy, such labour has been bestowed as that which we are now
+considering? It seems impossible to hesitate as to our answer. And yet
+numbers do hesitate; and partly from indifference, partly from a vague
+fear of disquieting a congregation, partly, and probably chiefly, from a
+sense of difficulty as to the rightful mode of introducing the change,
+the old Version is still read, albeit with an uneasy feeling on the part
+of the public reader; the uneasy feeling being this, that errors in
+regard of Holy Scripture ought not to remain uncorrected nor obscurities
+left to cloud the meaning of God's Word when there is a current Version
+from which errors are removed, and in which obscurities are dissipated.
+Why should not such a Version be read in the ears of our people?
+
+This is the question which I am confident many a one of you, my dear
+friends, when you have been reading in your church--say the
+Epistles--have often felt very distinctly come home to you. Why should
+such a Version not be read in the ears of our people? Has it been
+forbidden? No, thank God; full liberty, on the contrary, has been left
+to us by the living voice of the synod of this Province that it may be
+read, subject to one reasonable limitation. Was it not the unanimous
+judgement of the Upper House of the Convocation of our Province,
+confirmed by the voice of the Lower House {122}--"That the use of the
+Revised Version of the Bible at the lectern in the public services of the
+Church, where this is desired by clergy and people, is not open to any
+well-founded objection, and will tend to promote a more intelligent
+knowledge of Holy Scripture"? And further, was not this adopted by the
+Lay House of our Province, even when a few doubting voices were heard
+{123}, and an interpretation given to the word "use," in the form of a
+rider, which, I can confidently say, never entered into the minds or
+thoughts of the members of the Upper House? Indeed, though I do not wish
+to criticise the decision of the House of Laymen, their appended words of
+interpretation fall to the ground. If "use" is to mean "occasional
+employment of Lessons from the Revised Version, where, in the interest of
+more accurate translation, it is desirable," can any Lessons be found
+where the interest of more accurate translation is not patently
+concerned? If this be so, what meaning can we assign to "occasional
+employment"?
+
+We see then plainly, if we are to be guided by the judgement of the
+venerable body to whom the authoritative inception of Revision is alone
+to be assigned, that the way to its use in the Public Services of the
+Church is open to us all--_where such use is desired by clergy and
+people_. Now let us take these words seriously into our consideration.
+They clearly mean, however good the Version may be, that there is to be
+no sudden and precipitate use of the Revised Version in the appointed
+Lessons for the day on the part of the minister of any of our parishes.
+If introduced, its introduction must not be simply when it is desired by
+the clergyman, but when it is also desired by his people. So great a
+change as the displacement of the old and familiar Authorised
+Version--for it amounts to this--in the public reading of Holy Scripture
+in the Services of the Church, in favour of an altered form of the old
+Version (though confessedly so altered that the general hearer would
+hardly ever recognize the displacement)--so great a change ought not to
+be made without the knowledge, and further, the desire of the
+congregation.
+
+But how is the desire for the change to be ascertained? So far as I can
+see, there can be only one real and rightful way of bringing about the
+desire and the manifestation of it, and that is by first of all showing
+simply and plainly how, especially in the New Testament, the alterations
+give life, colouring and reality to the narratives of Evangelists, force
+and lucidity to the reasonings of Apostles, and, what is of still more
+vital importance, deeper insight into our relations to our saving Lord,
+clearer knowledge of His blessed life and work here on earth, and
+quickened perceptions of our present and our future, and, to a very real
+extent, of the holy mysteries of the life of the world to come. When
+changes of text and of renderings are shown, and they can be shown, to
+bear with them these fuller revelations of God's Holy Word, there will be
+no lack of desire, and of the manifestation of it, in any congregation,
+for the public use of a Version through which such disclosures as I have
+specified can be brought home to the truth-seeking believer.
+
+My fixed opinion therefore is this, that though, after a long and careful
+consideration of the subject, I do sincerely desire that the Revised
+Version should be introduced into the churches of this diocese, I do also
+sincerely desire that it should not be introduced without a due
+preparation of the congregation for the change, and some manifestation of
+their desire for the change. There will probably be a few churches in
+our diocese in which the Revised Version is used already, and in regard
+of them nothing more will be necessary than, from time to time, in
+occasional addresses, to allude to any important changes that may have
+appeared in the Lessons and recent readings of Holy Scripture, and thus
+to keep alive the thoughtful study of that which will be more and more
+felt to be, in the truest sense of the words, the Book of Life. But, in
+the great majority of our churches--though in many cases there may have
+been passing desires to read and to hear God's Word in its most truthful
+form--no forward steps will have been taken. It is in reference then to
+this great majority of cases that I have broken my long silence, and,
+before my ministry closes, have resolved to bring before you the whole
+history of the greatest spiritual movement that has taken place since the
+Reformation; and also to indicate the untold blessings the Revision will
+bear to those who avail themselves of it in all reverent earnestness and
+devotion.
+
+Thus far I hope I have made it plain that any forward steps that may be
+taken can only hopefully be taken when, both in the case of pastor and
+people, due preparation shall have been made for what, in the sequel,
+will be found to be an enduring spiritual change in the relation of the
+soul of the devout hearer or reader to the Book of Life. He will learn
+not only faithfully to read the inspired Word, but inwardly to love it.
+
+But what shall we regard as due preparation in the case of pastor and
+people? This question, I can well believe, has already risen in the
+hearts of many who are now hearing these words, and to the best answer to
+it that I am able to give you I will gladly devote the remainder of this
+present Address. Let us first consider how any one of you really and
+truly desirous to prepare his congregation for the hearing of God's Word
+in the form known as the Revised Version--how such a one should prepare
+himself for the responsible duty. Prayer for himself and his
+congregation in this great spiritual matter should ever be his first
+preparation. After this his next care should be to provide himself with
+such books as will be indispensable for faithful preparation. First and
+foremost, let him provide himself with a copy of what is called the
+Parallel Bible, the Authorised Version being on the left-hand side of the
+page, and the Revised Version on the right. Next let it be his duty to
+read closely and carefully the Preface to the Old Testament and the
+Preface to the New Testament. Had this been done years ago, how much of
+unfair criticism should we all have been spared? The next step will be
+to obtain some competent guide-book to explain the meaning of the
+different changes of rendering, the alterations due to readings having
+been separately noted. The guide-book, whether in the case of the Old or
+of the New Testament, should, in my judgement, be a volume written by a
+Reviser, as he would have a knowledge, far beyond what could be obtained
+by an outsider, of the reasons for many of the departures from the
+Authorised Version.
+
+In regard of the Old Testament I have said in my last Address that I do
+not myself know of any guide-book, written by a Reviser, save the
+interesting volume by Dr. Talbot Chambers, to which I have been indebted
+for much that, being a member of another Company, I could not have
+brought forward without his assistance. In regard of the New Testament,
+however, it is otherwise. There is a useful volume by my old friend and
+former colleague the late Prebendary Humphry; but the volume which I most
+earnestly desire to name is the volume already mentioned, and entitled
+"Some Lessons of the Revised Version of the New Testament," by the late
+Bishop of Durham. This book is simply indispensable for any one desirous
+of preparing himself for the duty of introducing the Revised Version of
+the New Testament into the Public Services of his parish. It is one of
+those rare and remarkable books that not only give the needed
+explanation, but also cast a light on the whole spiritual results of the
+change, and constantly awaken in the reader some portion of the
+enthusiasm with which the Bishop records changes that many an earnest and
+devout reader might think belonged only to the details of grammatical
+accuracy. I thus cannot forbear quoting a few lines in which the Bishop,
+after alluding to the change in Matt. xxviii. 19, _into_ (not _in_) _the
+name of the Father and of the Holy Ghost_, and the change in Rom. vi. 23,
+_eternal life in_ (not _through_) _Christ Jesus our Lord_, thus speaks
+from his inmost soul: "Am I wrong in saying that he who has mastered the
+meaning of those two prepositions now truly rendered--'_into_ the name,'
+'_in_ Christ'--has found the central truth of Christianity? Certainly I
+would gladly have given the ten years of my life spent on the Revision to
+bring only these two phrases of the New Testament to the heart of
+Englishmen." Is it too much to say that a volume written by a guide such
+as this is simply indispensable for any one who prepares himself for
+introducing to his people--the government of whose souls has been
+committed to him--the Revised Version of the New Testament of our Lord
+and Master Jesus Christ.
+
+With the help that I have specified any one of you, my dear friends,
+might adequately prepare himself for the duty and responsibility of
+taking the next step, the preparation of his congregation for hearing the
+Word of God in the form that most nearly approaches in our own language
+what prophets, evangelists, and apostles have written for our learning
+under the inspiration of God. This preparation may be carried on in many
+forms, by pastoral visitations, through our Bible classes, through the
+efforts of our mission preachers in the holy seasons, but obviously most
+hopefully and persuasively by the living voice of the faithful pastor in
+his public ministrations in the pulpit of his church. Parishes differ so
+much in spiritual culture that probably no method of preparation could be
+specified that would be equally applicable to all. Still in the case of
+our country parishes I am persuaded our preparation must come from the
+pulpit and in a manner carefully thought out and prearranged. Let me
+give some indication of a mode of bringing the subject forward in a
+country parish that would call out the desire for the regular use of the
+Revised Version in the reading of the Lessons for the day.
+
+Let us suppose a month set apart for the preparation. On the first
+Sunday let an account be given of the circumstances, and especially the
+authority under which the Revision came into existence. On the second
+Sunday let illustrations be given of the nature of the Revision from
+those parts in Bishop Westcott's "Lessons of the Revised Version of the
+New Testament" which made the deepest impression during the study of that
+suggestive and spiritual volume. On the third Sunday let comments be
+made on the most striking of the changes in the two appointed Lessons for
+the day from the Old Testament. Here the preacher may find some
+difficulty, as want of knowledge of Hebrew or of the right interpretation
+of the passage in which the alteration is made might prevent his clearly
+stating the reasons for it. In such cases a good modern Commentary on
+the Old Testament would probably supply the needed assistance. The most
+available Commentary I know of for the purpose is the one published by
+Messrs. Cassells, and now sold at the low price--for both Testaments--of
+thirty-five shillings. On the fourth Sunday, the preacher's subject
+should be the most striking of the changes in the two appointed Lessons
+from the New Testament. For this there would be abundant help supplied
+by the volume of Bishop Westcott, and, if needed, by the Commentary on
+the New Testament to which I have alluded.
+
+Now I sincerely believe that if this very simple and feasible plan were
+carried out in any parish, two results would certainly follow: first,
+that the Revised Version would be desired and welcomed; secondly, that an
+interest in God's Holy Word would be called out in the parish and its
+Bible classes that would make a lasting impression on the whole spiritual
+life of the place. We have many faults, but we are a Bible-loving
+nation, and we have shown it in many crises of our history; and thus, I
+am persuaded, in a change such as I have suggested, the old love would be
+called out afresh, and would display itself in a manner we might never
+have expected.
+
+I feel now that I have said all that it may be well for me to have laid
+before you. I have used no tone of authority; I have not urged in any
+way the introduction of the Revised Version, or that the plan of
+introducing it should be adopted by any one among you. I have contented
+myself with having shown that it is feasible; and I have definitely
+stated my opinion that, if it were to be adopted, it is in a high degree
+probable that a fresh interest in the Holy Scriptures would be awakened,
+and the love of God's Holy Word again found to be a living reality.
+
+Perhaps the present time may be of greater moment in regard of the study
+of Holy Scripture, and especially of the language of the Greek Testament,
+than we may now be able distinctly to foresee. I mentioned in my last
+Address the large amount of research, during the last fifteen years, in
+reference to the Greek of the New Testament and the position which the
+sacred volume, considered simply historically and as a collection of
+writings in the Greek language of the first century after Christ, really
+does hold in the general history of a language which, in its latest form,
+is widely spoken to this very day. I mentioned also what seemed to be
+the most reasonable opinion, viz. that the Greek of the New Testament was
+the spoken Greek of the time, neither literary Greek nor the Greek of the
+lower class, but Greek such as men would use at that time when they had
+to place in the definiteness of writing the language which passed from
+their lips in their converse with their fellow-men. Now, that advantage
+will be taken of this, and that it will be used to show that the
+spiritual deductions that we draw from the written words cannot be fully
+relied on, because old distinctions have been obscured or obliterated, is
+what I fear, in days such as these, will often be used against the
+faithful reading, marking, and learning of the Written Word. But we
+shall hear them, I hope, with the two true conclusive answers ever
+present in the soul, the answer of plain human reasoning, and the deeper
+answer which revelation brings seriously home to us. In regard of the
+first answer, does not plain common sense justify us in maintaining that
+the writers meant what they _wrote_, and that when they used certain
+Greek words in the mighty message they were delivering to their
+fellow-men and to all who should hereafter receive it, they did mean that
+those words were to be understood in the plain and simple meaning that
+every plain reader would assign to them. They were not speaking; they
+were writing; and they were writing what they knew was to be for all
+time. Thus to take an example from the passages above referred to of
+which Bishop Westcott makes such impressive use, who can doubt, with any
+fair show of reason--however frequent may be the interchange of the
+particular prepositions in the first century--that, in those passages,
+when St. Matthew wrote [Greek text] he did mean _into_; and that when St.
+Paul used [Greek text], he did mean _in_, in the simplest sense of the
+word?
+
+But to the devout Christian we have a far deeper answer than the answer
+we have just considered.
+
+In the first place, does not the manifold wisdom of God reveal itself to
+our poor human thoughts in His choice of a widespread spoken language,
+just by its very diffusion readily lending itself to the reception of new
+words and new thoughts as the medium by which the Gospel message was
+communicated to the children of men? Just as the particular period of
+Christ's manifestation has ever been reverently regarded as a revelation
+of the manifold nature of the eternal wisdom, so may we not see the same
+in the choice of a language, at a particular period of its development,
+as the bearer of the message of salvation to mankind? Surely this is a
+manifestation of the Divine wisdom which must ever be seen and felt
+whenever the outward character of the Greek of the New Testament is dwelt
+upon by the truth-seeking spirit of the reverent believer.
+
+And is there not a second thought, far too much lost sight of in our
+investigation of the written word of the New Testament--that just as the
+writers had their human powers quickened and strengthened by the Holy
+Ghost for the full setting forth of the Gospel message by their spoken
+words, so in regard of their written words would the same blessed
+guidance be vouchsafed to them? And if so, is it not right for us, not
+only to draw from their words all that by the plain laws of language they
+can be understood to convey to us, but also to do what has been done in
+the Revised Version, and to find the nearest equivalent our language
+supplies for the words in the original?
+
+These thoughts might be carried much further, but enough has been said to
+justify the minute care that has been taken in the renderings of the
+written word of the New Testament by the Revisers, and further, the
+validity of the deductions that may be drawn from their use of one word
+rather than another, especially in the case of words that might seem to
+be practically synonymous. It may be quite true that, in the current
+Greek of the time, many of the distinctions that were valid in an earlier
+period of the language were no longer observed; and of this we find many
+indications in the Greek Testament. But it must be remembered that we
+also find in the Greek Testament a vastly preponderating portion of what
+is grammatically correct according to the earlier standard, and often
+clear indications that what was so written must have been definitely
+meant by the writer. Is it not then our clearest duty, remembering
+always that what we are translating is the Gospel message, to do what the
+Revisers did, to render each passage in accordance with the recognized
+meaning of the words, and in harmony with the plain tenor of the context?
+
+I now close these words and these Addresses with the solemn prayer to
+Almighty God that in this great matter, and in the use of that which the
+living voice of our synod permits us to use, we may be guided by God the
+Holy Ghost, through Jesus Christ, our ever-blessed and redeeming Lord and
+God.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+[As the use at the lectern of the Revised Version in the Public Service
+of the Church may be thought likely to involve expense, I may mention
+that the small pica edition of the Bible, at 10_s._ 6_d._ net, and of the
+Apocrypha separately, at 7_s._ 6_d._, will be found sufficient in most
+churches. The folio edition in buckram of the Bible with Apocrypha will,
+I understand, be two guineas, net. Application however should be made to
+the University Press of Oxford or of Cambridge, or to the Christian
+Knowledge Society.]
+
+ OXFORD: HORACE HART
+ PRINTER TO THE UNIVERSITY
+
+
+
+
+Works by the same Author.
+
+
+ARE WE TO MODIFY FUNDAMENTAL DOCTRINE? Small post 8vo, cloth boards,
+1_s._
+
+CHRISTUS COMPROBATOR; or, The Testimony of Christ to the Old Testament.
+Small post 8vo, cloth boards, 2_s._
+
+FOUNDATIONS OF SACRED STUDY. Part I. Small post 8vo, cloth boards,
+2_s._; Part II, 2_s._ 6_d._
+
+MODERN UNBELIEF: its Principles and Characteristics. Small post 8vo,
+cloth boards, 1_s._ 6_d._
+
+OUR REFORMED CHURCH AND ITS PRESENT TROUBLES. Small post 8vo, cloth
+boards, 6_d._
+
+SALUTARY DOCTRINE. Small post 8vo, cloth boards, 1_s._ 6_d._
+
+SPIRITUAL NEEDS IN COUNTRY PARISHES. Small post 8vo, cloth boards, 1_s._
+
+THE BEING OF GOD (Six Addresses on). Small post 8vo, cloth boards, 1_s._
+6_d._
+
+ SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING CHRISTIAN KNOWLEDGE.
+ LONDON: NORTHUMBERLAND AVENUE, W.C.
+
+
+
+
+Footnotes:
+
+
+{6} The following Resolution was passed unanimously by the Upper House
+of the Convocation of Canterbury on Feb. 10, 1899, after the presentation
+of the Report of the Committee (well worthy of being read) by the Bishop
+of Rochester. The Report is numbered 329, and, with other Reports of
+Convocation, is sold by the National Society:--
+
+ "That in the opinion of this House the use of the Revised Version at
+ the lectern in the public service of the Church, where this is
+ desired by clergy and people, is not open to any well-founded
+ objection, and will tend to promote a more intelligent knowledge of
+ Holy Scripture."
+
+{10a} Among others may be named the _Edinburgh Review_ for 1855 on
+Paragraph Bibles, in which it was said that it was now high time for
+another revision (p. 429); the _Christian Remembrancer_ for 1856 on the
+Revision of the Authorised Version (an interesting article); the
+_Quarterly Review_ for 1863, intimating that as yet we were not ripe for
+any authorised text or translation; the _Edinburgh Review_ for 1865; and
+the _Contemporary Review_ for 1868, a careful and elaborate article,
+contending that the work must be done by a Commission.
+
+{10b} In February, 1856, when Canon Selwyn gave notice of proposing a
+petition on the subject to the Upper House. The proposal in a somewhat
+different form a year afterwards was disposed of by a characteristic
+amendment of Archdeacon Denison.
+
+{10c} On July 22, 1856, Mr. Heywood, one of the members, I think, for
+North Lancashire, in rather an interesting speech, moved for an Address
+to the Crown to issue a Royal Commission on the subject. The motion was
+rejected, Sir George Grey expressing his conviction that the feeling of
+the country was not in accordance with the motion.
+
+{12} Preface to the Revision of the Authorised Version of the Gospel
+according to St. John by Five Clergymen, p. xii. As I remark afterwards,
+this preface proved to be very attractive, and by its moderation greatly
+helped the cause. The book has long since gone out of print, but if any
+reader of this note should come across it, this preface will be found
+well worth reading, as it will show what was in the minds of many beside
+the Five Clergymen five and forty years ago.
+
+{13} See Schaff, _Companion to Greek Testament and English version_, p.
+367, note (New York, 1883).
+
+{21} The _Expositor_ for October, 1892, pp. 241-255. The article was
+answered by me in the same periodical two months later.
+
+{22} The account of the discussion in the Convocation of York (Feb. 23,
+1870) will be found in _The Guardian_ of March 2, 1870. In the comments
+of this paper on the action or rather inaction of the Northern
+Convocation a very unfavourable opinion was expressed, in reference to
+the manner in which the Southern Convocation had been treated. But these
+things have long since been forgotten.
+
+{35} It may be interesting to give this list, as it slightly affects
+matter that will be alluded to afterwards in reference to the Greek text.
+The attendances were as follows: The Chairman, 405; Dr. Scrivener, 399;
+Prebendary Humphry, 385; Principal Newth, 373; Prof. Hort, 362; Dean
+Bickersteth (Prolocutor), 352; Dean Scott, 337; Prof. Westcott, 304; Dean
+Vaughan, 302; Dean Blakesley, 297; Bishop Lightfoot, 290; Archdeacon Lee,
+283; Dr. Moulton, 275; Archdeacon Palmer, 255; Dean Stanley, 253; Dr.
+Vance Smith, 245; Principal Brown, 209; Principal Angus, 199; Prof.
+Milligan, 182; Prof. Kennedy, 165; Dr. Eadie, 135; Bishop Moberly, 121;
+Bishop Wordsworth (St. Andrews), 109; Dr. Roberts, 94; Archbishop Trench,
+63; Dean Merivale (resigned early), 19; Dean Alford (died soon after
+commencement), 16; Bishop Wilberforce, 1.
+
+{36} This letter will be found in a very valuable _Historical Account of
+the Work of the American Committee of Revision_ (New York, 1885), p. 30.
+This _Historical Account_ was prepared by a special Committee appointed
+for the purpose in May, 1884, and was based on documents and papers
+arranged with great care by Dr. Philip Schaff, the President of the
+American Committee, and printed privately. These two volumes, the
+_Historical Account_ and the _Documentary History_, contain the fullest
+details of the whole transactions between the American Committee and the
+English Companies and also the University Presses.
+
+{41} Talbot W. Chambers, _Companion to the Revised Old Testament_ (Funk
+and Wagnalls, New York and London, 1885), Preface, p. ix.
+
+{42a} A full account of the negotiation and copies of the letters which
+passed between the American Revisers and our own Revisers will be found
+in Part 2, p. 81 sqq. of the _Documentary History_, above referred to in
+the note at p. 36.
+
+{42b} A full account of this agreement and copies of the correspondence
+with the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge will be found in Part 3, p.
+91 sqq. of the _Documentary History_.
+
+{44} Since the above was written, information reaches me that an
+_American Standard Revision of the Bible_ either just has been, or
+shortly will be, published, which though not simply an incorporation of
+the recorded American preferences, as long specified in our copies of the
+Revision, is a publication resting on authority, and likely to put a stop
+to what is unauthorised. As the reader may like to know a little about
+this _American Standard Revision of the Bible_, I will, at the risk of a
+long note, mention what I have ascertained up to the present time. The
+survivors of the Old Testament Company (Dr. Osgood and others) with the
+three surviving members of the New Testament Company (Dr. Dwight, Dr.
+Riddle, and Dr. Thayer--very powerful helpers) have co-operated in
+bringing out a new edition of the Revision as it has been hitherto
+current in America. It will contain about _twice as many_ deviations
+from the English Revised Version as appear in the original Appendices;
+but, in regard of them, the survivors give this important assurance, that
+"the survivors have not felt at liberty to make new changes of moment
+which were not favourably passed upon (_sic_) by their associates, at one
+stage or another of the original preparation of the work." They specify
+that the original Appendix was prepared in haste and did not, in a
+satisfactory manner, express the real views of the Committee. They claim
+to have drawn up a body of improved marginal references, to have wholly
+removed archaisms, to have supplied running headings, to have modified
+what they consider unwieldy paragraphs, to have lightened what they
+regard as clumsy punctuation, and by typographical arrangements, such as
+by leaving a line blank, to have indicated the main transitions of
+thought in the Epistles and Apocalypse. These and other characteristics
+will be found specified in the American _Sunday School Times_ for August
+11, 1901, in an article apparently derived from those interested. Till
+we see the book we must suspend our judgement.
+
+{50} See an article by Rev. J. F. Thrupp in Smith's _Dictionary of the
+Bible_, vol. ii. art. Old Testament.
+
+{53} Since the above was written a critical edition of the four Peshitto
+Gospels has been published by the Oxford University Press, based on the
+labours of the late Philip Edward Pusey, and Rev. G. H. Gwilliam, of
+Hertford College.
+
+{55} The title of the pamphlet, which contains twelve letters from
+distinguished German Professors, with translations, is _The Revision of
+the Old Testament_ (New York, Scribner's Sons, 1886).
+
+{59} The title of Dr. Salmon's interesting volume is _Some Thoughts on
+the Textual Criticism of the New Testament_ (Murray, London, 1897).
+
+{60a} Salmon, p. 157.
+
+{60b} Ibid., p. 12.
+
+{96} See below, pp. 98, 120.
+
+{97} See the Preface to Dr. Rutherford's _Translation of the Epistle to
+the Romans_, p. xi sq. (Lond. 1900).
+
+{98a} Hodder & Stoughton (Lond. 1897).
+
+{98b} Page 18.
+
+{106} See page 32.
+
+{109} _Bible Studies_, by Dr. G. Adolf Deissmann, Authorised Translation
+(Clark, Edinburgh, 1901).
+
+{110a} Page 175.
+
+{110b} London, Macmillan, 1898.
+
+{111} _Theologische Literaturzeitung_, xix (vol. for 1894), p. 338.
+
+{112} _Bible Studies_, p. 84 Transl. See, however, the translator's
+note, p. 173, where the use of the term is explained.
+
+{114} _Grammar of New Testament Greek_, section 38. 5, p. 118 (Transl.).
+
+{122} See _Chronicle of Convocation_ for February 10, 1899, p. 71 sqq.
+
+{123} At the May Meeting of the present year.
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ADDRESSES ON THE REVISED VERSION OF
+HOLY SCRIPTURE***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 25412.txt or 25412.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/5/4/1/25412
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
diff --git a/25412.zip b/25412.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0b7e7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25412.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b19349
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #25412 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/25412)